ĐỀ THI VÀ ĐÁP ÁN TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 CHUYÊN
vectorstock.com/3687784
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC VÀ ĐÁP ÁN KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 THPT (2015-2017) MÔN TIẾNG ANH (HỆ CHUYÊN) WORD VERSION | 2021 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM
Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594
SỞ GIÁO DỰC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO THÁI NGUYÊN KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN NÃM HỌC 2015 - 2016
M ÔN THI: T IẾ N G ANH (dành cho thí sinh thi vào chuyên tiếng Anh) Ngày thi: 13/6/2015 Thời gian làm bài: 150 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC (Thí sinh làm bài trực tiếp vào đề thi theo hướng dẫn dưới mỗi câu) Điểm Bằng số
Giám khảo số 1 (họ tên, chữ ký)
Giám khảo số 2 (họ tên, chữ ký)
Số phách (do chủ tích HĐ ghi)
Bằng chữ
Bài thi này gằm có 6 trang được đánh số từ 1 - 6. Thí sinh kiểm íra số trang bài thi trước khi làm bài. SECTION A. PHONETICS Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced diffi rently from that of the others.
Example: 00. A. man Answer: 00. c 01. 02. 03. 04. 05.
A. coughs A. headache A. remote A. weather A. plow
01.
B. hopes B. flame B. purpose B. breathe B. know
D. manage D. ploughs D. shadow D. solar D. although D. window
057
SECTION B. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY I. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. 0 6 .1 don’t see an y .............. in arriving early at the theatre. A. cause B. point C. reason D. aim 07, The stolen jewels w ere............a lot o f money. A. valued B. cost C. priced D. worth 08. At four o’clock Mr. Hutchinson still had som e..............to do in the garden. A. work B. job D. task C. effort 09. He possesses a ll.............makes life agreeable. A. which B. that C. what D. whom 1 L0. When can thestudents................... for next year's evening classes? A. assist B. enroll C. join D. inscribe 11. My little brother enjoys..................museums and art galleries. D. collecting A. visiting B. seeking C. traveling 12. Everybody was surprised because he went to the party without....................... A. inviting B. invited C. being invited D. to invite 13. In order to keep our school clean, littering is strictly................. A. restricted B. promoted C. prohibited D. encouraged 14. - “Could you do me a favor, please?” A. Let me help you. B. Yes, go ahead! C. No, Thanks. I’m fine. D. Sure. What can I do for you? 15. - “...................... stay with Vietnamese friends in the college dormitory?” - “Sorry, but I disagree with you, Ben. There’s no chance to practice speaking English then.’
A. I think B. How can we C. What about D. Why don’t we 16. Although he shouted, his words w ere............. in the wind. A. killed B. lost C. stopped D. drowned 17. The flight from Jakarta to New Delhi has been cancelled............... the heavy fog. A. as a result B. despite C. on behalf of D. on account of 18. What you are telling u s ..... ....be true. It sounds too improbable. A, can't B. mustn't C. must not D. ought 06.
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15
16.
17.
18.
w \
II. Use the word given in CAPITALS at the end of each line to form a word that fits the space in the same line. There is an example for you (0). Recently I (0) DECIDED to go to evening classes twice a week. During the day I work in a ..... (19).... agency as a telephonist. It is not a very interesting ...(20).... and I get bored. I also got tired of coming home every evening, putting a ...(21)... meal in the oven and then watching TV. So I decided to take up ...(22)... as a hobby. Perhaps I should give you an ...(23)... for my choice. Learning a skill is a good...(24)... to the problem of boring work. Also, I felt I was a ...(25)... because any time I tried to put up a shelf, for example, it always fell down! Now I am quite a ...(26)... wood-worker! I am working on the ...(27)... of some furniture at the moment. And although there are only two other girls in the class, I don't feel any ...(28)... I've just turned out to be the best student in the class. 19. 22. 25 28.
0. DECIDED 19. SECRETARY 20. OCCUPY 21. FREEZE 22. CARPENTER 23. EXPLAIN 24. SOLVE 25. FAIL 26. SUCCESS 27. CONSTRUCT 28. EMBARRASS
21. 23.
24.
26.
27.
III.Complete each of the following sentences with one of the phrasal verbs given below. Make any necessary changes. let down run down put forward look up give away put on bear out cross out
29. I'm depending on you to pay me back the money on Monday. Please don't.....m e...... 30. If you think I'm wrong, check in the encyclopedia. I'm sure it will......me.... 31. They are very two-faced. They are very nice to her when she's there, but they...... her........behind her back. 32. I'd like to ........ a proposal. I suggest we start production in May. 33. They eat like a horse but they never....... weight. 34. The author refused to ..... any secrets about the ending of his book. 35. When I was in New York, I was able to ...... several old friends I hadn't seen for years. 36. If you make a mistake, just.....i t ......... 29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
SECTION C. READING I. Read the passage and decided which answer (A, B, C, or D) best fits each blank. THE WOLFMAN
Most people would be ....(37)....with fear if they saw a wolf. But not Shaun Ellis. Shaun, also known as the Wolfman, has been studying wolves for over 20 years. In order to gain ....(38)....into the behaviour of these animals, Shaun spent seven years in the USA studying wolves, and even living among them. Then in 2005, he spent 18 months living with three young wolves at a wildlife park in the UK. Having been bom in ...(39)...., none of the wolves had ever had a chance to ...(40)....with other wolves. But Shaun knew a lot about wolves so he ...(41).... up with an unusual idea: he would move in with the animals and teach them how to behave like wolves in their .....(42)... habitat. Not ....(43)..., no one expected him to carry ...(44)... this experiment successfully. However, after living with the wolves for 18 months, Shaun....(45.... his goal. The animals even accepted him as their leader. Shaun's time with the wolves and the knowledge he acquired about them has paid ...(46)... in another way. Shaun has been able to give ...(47)... to farmers on how to protect their animals from wolves that live in the ...(48)... of their farms. 37. A. still 38. A. instinct 39. A. welfare 40. A. raise 41. A. thought 42. A. natural 43. A. particularly 44. A. out 45. A. dedicated 46. A. off 47. A. solution 48. A. visibility
B. terrified B. insight B. refuge B. interact B. brought B.typical B. indifferently B. off B. developed B. up B. assistance B. location
C. anxious C. experience C. care C. C. came C. wild C. exceptionally C. for C. achieved C. in C. service C. district
37.
38.
39
41.
42.
T3. ”■
45.
46.
-
~.......
). paralysed D. view D. captivity D.react D. found D. endangered D. surprisingly D. though D. succeeded D. out D. charity D. vicinity
;..........-..............
47.
.....................
40. '44. 48.
.....................
II. Fill in each numbered blank ONE suitable word.
STRESS AND ATHLETIC SUCCESS Success, in any field, is often a matter of how well a person is ....(49)... to control the amount of stress they experience. As stress increases, their performance often ...(50)..., but there is a certain point beyond which their performance begins to decline sharply. Sports psychologists now help Olympic athletes, ...(51)... others, balance the good and bad effects of stress. Before an athletic event, a high ...(52)... of excitement can actually have a positive effect on the athlete. This excitement becomes harmful, ...(53)... if negative thoughts take over. Thoughts such as "What if I fail?" or "I know the others are better than me" should definitely be avoided. Psychologists help athletes manage to replace negative thoughts with positive ...(54)... Another useful technique before competing ....(55)... to recognize your level of excitement and adjust it if necessary. Music may be helpful ...(56)... these cases. If you are over-excited, listening to soft music can help to calm you down. If you are not excited ....(57)...., you may want to listen to fast, powerful music to raise your spirits. The key to success, in other words, is a person's knowledge of their ideal level of excitement. An imbalance either way could mean the difference ...(58)... success and failure.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58. III. Read the text below and look carefully at each line. Some of the lines are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If a line is correct, put a tick (V) at the end of the line. ne. il If a line has a word that should not be there, write the word at the end of the line. COMMUNICATION
0 Managers spend most of their time communicating-reading, and writi: djW 00 talking and listening- yet the evidence is that they do not always do this
j
.and..
00,
59 as successfully. One reason that has been suggested for this is that, in the*
59.
60 past, communication was regarded as a natural process, not been taught
60.
61 in any formal sense. This theory has been changing, and with the concept
61.
62 of communication as an "art" now appears regularly in the management
62.
63 courses and seminars. Communication is probably onlj^one of the least
63.
64 appreciated aspects of management, and more and more organizations are
64.
65 realizing that effective communication involves telling staff why all things
65.
66 are happening. This not only helps day-to-day working but allows changes
66.
67 to be introduced more smoothly, and sometimes leads to improvements for
67.
68 being mentioned by staff. Both the morale and efficiency of an organization
68.
69 are depend to a great extent on the abilities of its staff to communicate
69.
70 effectively, Communication is not something that should be undertaken
70.
71 only when trouble occurs. It should be a daily habit if the organization is
71.
72 to run smoothly and avoid difficulties and, of course, it should be both a
72.
73 two-way process, involving listening to as well as talking. Regular
73.
exchanges of ideas between managers and staff will help to create good teamwork. IV. Underline one mistake in each line in the passage below and then correct it. Write your on the spaces provided on the right. Number (0) has been done as an example. ^ ^ r rrection re
0 The world's oceans are so vast that they can cope with the present levels
0 .. .level.
74 of pollution. However, few is known about the long-term effects of
74
75 such slow poisoning. The more serious problem of modern times is that
75.
76 man is destroyed the earth's natural resources and transforming huge area
76.
77 into wasteland. As the result, it is becoming extremely difficult to grow
77.
78 enough to feed the world's rapid increased population. A way of protecting
78.
79 all the wildlife in the earth must also be found as many species are in
79.
4
80 extreme danger of disappearance complete from the face of the earth . The
80.
81 dangers, however, are not confine solely the land and the sea. The smoke in
81.
82 the atmosphere, for example, is increasing so many that the amount of
82.
83 sunlight has been educed in many cities. Man's whole environment is being
83.
changed in a serious way. V. Read the following passage and choose the correct answer to each question.
HOW CAN YOU TELL WHEN SOMEBODY IS LYING? Psychologist Paul Ekman has made a lifetime study of how people act when they lie. Usually they not only want the hearer to believe the words they are saying; they also want to cover up some strong emotion that they are feeling such as guilt, shame, fear, anger, pain, or even pleasure. By noticing the contradictions between their words and their behaviour, Ekman found that he could catch them in the act of lying. Ekman concludes that there are four kinds of behaviour that can give a lie away: the liar's words, voice, body and face. He says that liars try hardest to control their words and face, since they assume that that's what listener will be paying attention to. Consequently "lie catchers" should also pay close attention to the speaker's voice and body signals, which he may forget to control. Obviously most lies are untruthful words, and it's these words that we focus on. A common problem for liars is keeping their story straight. As we all know, one lie leads to another, and before the liar knows it, someone will comment, "But that's not what you said a few minutes ago.". A less common but more fatal giveaway is what's called a "slip of the tongue," in which the liar accidentally tells the truth instead of the lie she intended to tell. Additionally, frequent pauses may indicate that she is making up the story as she goes along. The liar's voice can also give her away, and the voice is much harder to control than the word.. When telling a lie, she may speak unusually loudly or softly, may speed up or slow downherspeed for no apparent reason. This can be because of the emotion she's hiding. The voice-clue that seems to be the most reliable is that when people are upset, their voices tend to become higher. But Ekman points out that vocal changes such as these are not always signs of lying; they simply indicate strong emotion which the person may be trying to conceal. Some body behaviors can be controlled, but others can't. When telling a lie, a person may swallow frequently, sweat, or breathe faster. Gestures can give her away: nervous gestures, such as swinging the foot, scratching or rubbing parts of the body, or twisting the hair often increase when a person is self-conscious or under stress. The normal gestures that usually accompany speech are often used less when someone is lying. Or the liar may accidentally use a gesture that contradicts her words, such as nodding "yes" while saying "no.". 84. According to paragraph 1 Ekman could catch people lying seeing that.................... A. they were showing intense emotions B. they were hiding their real feelings C. what they said and did disagreed D. their behavior was unusual 85. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage? A. A liar tries to keep you from seeing his true emotions. Liars make much effort to control their facial expression. . The listener should concentrate on what the speaker says. D. You can catch a person lying if you know what to look at. 86. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A. Liars do their best to select the right words. B. Liars are good at making their stories sound logical. C. Liars take great pains to avoid a "slip of the tongue". D. Liars pause frequently to remember the details of the past events. 87. According to paragraph 4 when lying people try to...................... A. sound nice and kind B. hide their frustration C. speak faster than usual D. look reliable to the speaker 88. Body behaviors........... 5
A. are more obvious when people are nervous B. depend on a person's temperament C. give away people's intentions D. can hardly be checked 84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
SECTION D. WRITING I. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it has the same meaning as the one printed before it.
89. Thanks to her mother's encouragement, she entered the beauty contest. Had it.......................................................................................................................... 90. She was just as good as they had thought. She quite definitely came............................................................................ . ............... 91. Mary was the only student absent from class. Apart................... .........................................................................................S ........... 92. The police didn’t at all suspect that thejudge was the murder. Little............................................................................................................................. 93. Could you guard against my handbag while I go to the toilet? Could you keep an........................................................ ............................................... 94. Now that his mother was being there, they said nothing about it. On..................................................................................................................... II. Complete the second sentence in a way that it means the same as the previous one, using the word given. Do not change the word given. Do not use more than FIVE words.
95. According to the report, the driver of the car was a policeman. (BEING) According to the report, the..............\ ..................................................... by a policeman. 96. Today's meeting is postponed and it will be held next week. (PUT) Today’s meeting has.......................,......................................... until next week. 97. There's no chance of Jenny getting here on time. (POSSIBLE) It won't be...............................................................................................here on time. 98. In my opinion, these two kinds of music are completely different from each other.(COMPARISION) In my opinion, there is ................................................................. these two kinds of music. 99. We discussed the problem but nobody had a solution. (CAME) We discussed the problem but................................................................. with a solution. 100.1arrived late because I missed the 10.30 train.(TURNED) If I had caught the 10.30 train, I ...................................................................................time.
The end Total mark: 100:10 -1 0
6
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO THÁI NGUYÊN KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN NÃM HỌC 2015 - 2016
ĐÁP ÁN
M ÔN THI: TIẾNG ANH (dành cho thí sinh thi vào chuyên tiếng Anh) Ngày thi: 13/6/2015 Thời gian làm bài: 150 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
Mỗi câu đúng được 1/100 điểm Điểm Bằng số
Giám khảo số 1 (họ tên, chữ ký)
Số pháclí (do chủ tích HĐ ghi)
Giám khảo số 2 (họ tên, chữ ký)
Bằng chữ
7 T A
Bài thi này gồm có 6 trang được đánh số từ l- 6. Thí sinh kiểm tra số trang bài thi trước khi làm bài. SECTION A. PHONETICS Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.
Example: 00. A. man Answer: 00 . c
01. 02. 03. 04. 05.
A. coughs A. headache A. remote A. weather A. plow 01.D
B. bad
B. hopes B. flame B. purpose B. breathe B.know 02. D
C. many
c . thoughts c. shame . control . healthy . flow 03. B
04.
D. manage D. D. D. D. D.
c
ploughs shadow solar although window
05. A
SECTION B. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY I. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. 0 6 .1 don’t see a n y ..... in arriving early at the theatre. A. cause B. point C. reason D aim 07. The stolen jewels w ere............a lot of money. A. valued B. cost C. priced D worth 08. At four o’clock Mr. Hutchinson still had som e............. to do in the garden. A. work B.job C. effort task 09. He possesses a ll............. makes life agreeable. A. which B. that C. what whom 10. When can the students..................for next year's evening classes? A. assist B . enroll C. j oin inscribe little brother enjoys..................museums and art galleries. A. visiting B. seeking C. traveling collecting 12. Everybody ly was surprised because he went to the party without A. inviting B. invited C. being invited D. to invite 13. In order to keep our school clean, littering is strictly................. A. restricted B. promoted C. prohibitedDencouraged 14, - “Could you do me a favor, please?”
vXl >
A. Let me help you. B. Yes, go ahead! C. No, Thanks. I’m fine. D. Sure. What can I do for you? 15. - “_______ stay with Vietnamese friends in the college dormitory?” 1
- “Sorry, but I disagree with you, Ben. There’s no chance to practice speaking English then. A. I think B. How can we C. What about D. Why don’t we 16. Although he shouted, his words w ere............. in the wind. A. killed B. lost C. stopped D. drowned 17. The flight from Jakarta to New Delhi has been cancelled............... the heavy fog. A. as a result B. despite C. on behalf of D. on account of 18. What you are telling us____be true. It sounds too improbable. A. can't B. mustn't C. must not D. ought 06. B
07. D
08. A
09. B
11. A
12. C
13. C
14. D
16. D
17. D
18. A
10. B
^ f-
II. Use the word given in CAPITALS at the end of each line to form a word the same line. There is an example for you (0).
fits the space in
Recently I (0) DECIDED to go to evening classes twice a week. During the day I work in a ..... (19).... agency as a telephonist. It is not a very interesting ...(20).... and I get bored. I also got tired of coming home every evening, putting a ...(21)... meal in the oven and then watching TV. So I decided to take up ...(22)... as a hobby. Perhaps I should give you an ...(23).,. for my choice. Learning a skill is a good...(24)... to the problem of boring work. Also, I felt I was a ...(25)... because any time I tried to put up a shelf, for example, it always fell down! Now I am quite a ...(26)... wood-worker! I am working on the ...(27)... of some furniture at the moment. And although there are only two other girls in the class, I don't feel any ...(28)... I've just turned out to be the best student in the class.
0. DECIDED 19. SECRETARY 20. OCCUPY 21. FREEZE 22. CARPENTER 23. EXPLAIN 24. SOLVE 25. FAIL 26. SUCCESS 27. CONSTRUCT 28. EMBARRASS
19. SECRETARIAL
20. OCCUPATION
21. FROZEN
22. CARPENTRY
23. EXPLANATION
24. SOLUTION
25. FAILURE
26. SUCCESSFUL
27. CONSTRUCTION
28. EMBARRASSMENT
III. Completv vflirii necessary changes* let down give away
the following sentences with one of the phrasal verbs given below. Make any run down put on
put forward bear out
look up cross out
29. I'm depending on you to pay me back the money on Monday. Please don't..... m e ....... ). If you think I'm wrong, check in the encyclopedia. I'm sure it will..... me.... ley are very two-faced. They are very nice to her when she’s there, but they....... her.........behind ler back. 32. I'd like t o ......... a proposal. I suggest we start production in May. 33. They eat like a horse but they never........ weight. 34. The author refused t o ...... any secrets about the ending of his book. 35. When I was in New York, I was able t o ....... several old friends I hadn't seen for years. 36. If you make a mistake, ju s t..... i t .......... 29. let down
30. bear out
31. run down
32. put forward
33. put on
34. give away
35. look up
36. cross out
SECTION C. READING I. Read the passage and decided which answer (A, B, C, or D) best fits each blank. THE WOLFMAN Most people would be ....(37).... with fear if they saw a w olf But not Shaun Ellis. Shaun, also known as the Wolfman, has been studying wolves for over 20 years. In order to gain ....(38)....into the behaviour of these animals, Shaun spent seven years in the USA studying wolves, and even living among them. Then in 2005, he spent 18 months living with three young wolves at a wildlife park in the UK. Having been bom in ...(39)...., none of the wolves had ever ’ ’ ' """ ’’ ’ ' ~ ’ . . . . . . . with
...(46)... in Shaun's time with the wolves and the knowledge he acquired about ther eir animals from another way. Shaun has been able to give ...(47)... to farmers on how to pr wolves that live in the ...(48)... of their farms. lysed 37. A. still B. terrified C. anxious w C. experience 38. A. instinct B. insight ptivity 39. A. welfare B.refuge C. care D. react C. benefit 40. A. raise B. interact D. found 41. A. thought C. came B. brought D. endangered 42. A. natural B.typical C. wi D. surprisingly 43. A. particularly B. indifferently C. exce 44. A. out D. though B. off C. for 45. A. dedicated B. developed D. succeeded C. achieved 46. A. off D. out B. up C. in D. charity B. assistance* 47. A. solution C. service D. vicinity 48. A. visibility C. district B. location 40. B 37. D 38. B 39. D 41. C 45. C
46. A
43. D
44. A
47. B
48. D
II. Fill in each number
lank ONE suitable word. STRESS AND ATHLETIC SUCCESS i, is often a matter of how well a person is ....(49)... to control the amount of Success, in any stress they experience. As stress increases, their performance often ...(50)..., but there is a certain point beyond which their performance begins to decline sharply. Sports psychologists now help Olympic athletes, ...(51)... others, balance the good and bad effects of stress. Before an athletic event, a high ...(52)... of excitement can actually have a positive effect on the athlete. This excitement becomes harmful, ...(53)... if negative thoughts take over. Thoughts such as "What if I fail?" or "I know the others are better than me" should definitely be avoided. Psychologists help athletes manage to replace negative thoughts with positive ...(54).... Another useful technique before competing ....(55)... to recognize your level of excitement and adjust it if necessary. Music may be helpful ...(56)... these cases. If you are over-excited, listening to soft music can help to calm you down. If you are not excited ....(57).... , you may want to listen to fast, powerful music to raise your spirits. The key to success, in other words, is a person's knowledge of their ideal level of excitement. An 49. able
50. improves
51. among
52. level
53. though
54. ones/ thoughts
55. is
56. in
57. enough
58. between
III. Read the text below and look carefully at each line. Some of the lines are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If a line is correct, put a tick (V) at the end of the line. If a line has a word that should not be there, write the word at the end of the line. COMMUNICATION 0
Managers spend most of their time communicating-reading, and writing
00 talking and listening-yet the evidence is that they do not always do this 59 as successfully. One reason that has been suggested for this is that, in the 60 past, communication was regarded as a natural process, not been taught
64 appreciated aspects of management, and more and more organizations are 65 realizing that effective communication involves telling staff why all things 66 are happening. This not only helps day-to-day working but allows changes 67 to be introduced more smoothly, and sometimes leads to improvements for 68 being mentioned by staff. Both the morale and efficiency of an organization 69 are depend to a great extent on the abilities of its staff to communicate 70 effectively. Communication is not something that should be undertaken 71 only when trouble occurs. It should be a daily habit if the organization is 72 to run smoothly and avoid difficulties and, of course, it should be both a 73 two-way process, involving listening to as well as talking. Regular exchanges of ideas ’between managers and staff will help to create good teamwork. IV. Underline correction on the
ake in each line in the passage below and then correct it. Write your es provided on the right. Number (0) has been done as an example. oceans are so vast that they can cope with the present levels
0 .... level...........
However, few is known about the long-term effects of
74 ....little.........
such slow poisoning. The more serious problem of modem times is that
75..mos t..........
man is destroyed the earth's natural resources and transforming huge area
76...destroying.
into wasteland. As the result, it is becoming extremely difficult to grow
77
a...............
enough to feed the world's rapid increased population. A way o f protecting
78
rapidly
all the wildlife in the earth must also be found as many species are in
79..... on............
extreme danger of disappearance complete from the face of the earth . The
80. completely..
dangers, however, are not confine solely the land and the sea. The smoke in
81...confine
the atmosphere, for example, is increasing so many that the amount of
82....muc
sunlight has been educed in many cities. Man's whole environment is being
83....reduce d..
changed in a serious way.
d.......
h....
V. Read the following passage and choose the correct answer to each question. HOW CAN YOU TELL WHEN SOMEBODY IS LYING? Psychologist Paul Ekman has made a lifetime study of how people act when they lie. Usually they not only want the hearer to believe the words they are saying; they also want to cover up some strong emotion that they are feeling such as guilt, shame, fear, anger, pain, or even pleasure. By noticing the contradictions between their words and their behaviour, Ekman found that he could catch them in the act of lying. Ekman concludes that there are four kinds of behaviour that can give a lie away: the liar's words, voice, body and face. He says that liars try hardest to control their words and face, since they assume that that's what listener will be paying attention to. Consequently "lie catchers" should also pay close attention to the speaker's voice and body signals, which he may forget to control. Obviously most lies are untruthful words, and it's these words that we focus on. A common problem for liars is keeping their story straight. As we all know, one lie leads to another, and before the liar knows it, someone will comment, "But that's not what you said a few minutes ago.". A less common but more fatal giveaway is what's called a "slip of the tongue," in which the liar accidentally tells the truth instead of the lie she intended to tell. Additionally, frequent pauses may indicate that she is making up the story as she goes along. The liar's voice can also give her away, and the voice is much harder to control than the word.. When telling a lie, she may speak unusually loudly or softly, may speed up or slow down her speed for no apparent reason. This can be because of the emotion she's hiding. The voice-clue that seems to be the most reliable is that when people are upset, their voices tend to become higher. But Ekman points out that vocal changes such as these are not always signs of lying; they simply indicate strong emotion which the person may be trying to conceal. Some body behaviors can be controlled, but others can't. When telling a lie, a person may swallow frequently, sweat, or breathe faster. Gestures can give her away: nervous gestures, such as swinging the foot, scratching or rubbing parts of the body, or twisting the hair often increase when a person is self-conscious or under stress. The normal gestures that usually accompany speech are often used less when someone is lying. Or the liar may accidentally use a gesture that contradicts her words, such as nodding "yes" while saying "no.". 84. According to paragraph 1 Ekman could catch people lying seeing that....................... A. they were showing intense emotions B. they were hiding their real feelings C. what they said and did disagreed D. their behavior was unusual 85. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage? A. A liar tries to keep you from seeing his true emotions. B. Liars make much effort to control their facial expression. C. The listener should concentrate on what the speaker says. D. You can catch a person lying if you know what to look at. 86. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A. Liars do their best to select the right words. B. Liars are good at making their stories sound logical. ^ Liars take great pains to avoid a "slip of the tongue". iars pause frequently to remember the details o f the past events. 87. Ac According to paragraph 4 when lying people try to......................... A. sound nice and kind B. hide their frustration C. speak faster than usual D. look reliable to the speaker 88. Body behaviors............. A. are more obvious when people are nervous B. depend on a person's temperament C. give away people's intentions D. can hardly be checked 84. C
85. C
86. A
87. C
88. D
SECTION D. WRITING I. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it has the same meaning as the one printed before it. 89. Thanks to her mother's encouragement, she entered the beauty contest. Had it not been for her mother's encouragement, she wouldn't have entered the beauty contest. 90. She was just as good as they had thought. She quite definitely came up to their expectation. 91. Mary was the only student absent from class. Apart from Mary every students was present in class. 92. The police didn't at all suspect that the judge was the murder. Little did the police suspect that the judge was the murder. 93. Could you guard against my handbag while I go to the toilet? Could you keep an eye on my handbag while I go to the toilet? 94. Now that his mother was being there, they said nothing about it. On account of his mother was being there, they said nothing abou'H t
< f
II. Complete the second sentence in a way that it means the same as is the previous pr one, using the word given. Do not change the word given. Do not use more than FIVE words. 95. According to the report, the driver of the car was a policeman. (BEING) According to the report, the car was being driven by a policeman. 96. Today's meeting is postponed and it will be held next week. (PUT) Today's meeting has been put off until next week. 97. There's no chance of Jenny getting here on time. (POSSIBLE) It won't be possible for Jenny to get here on time. 98.In my opinion, these two kinds of music are completely different from each other.(COMPARISION ) In my opinion, there is no comparison between these two kinds o f music. 99. We discussed the problem but nobody had a solution. (CAME) We discussed the problem but noboby came up with a solution. 100.1 arrived late because I missed the 10.30 train.(TURNED) If I had caught the 10.30 train, I would have turned up on time.
The end Total mark: 100:10 = 10
ĐỀ KIỆM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TR Ư Ờ N G TH PT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO L Ớ P 10 TH PT CHUYÊN M ôn thi: T IẾ N G ANH (CHUYÊN) Ngày thi: 10 tháng 4 năm 2016 Thời gian làm bài: 120 p h ú t
ĐỀ THI CHÍNH THỨC
(Đề thi gồm 06 trang) Thí sinh điền đáp án vào khunẹ kẻ trốns trons đề. Thỉ sinh không sử dụng nào kể cả từ điển và điện thoại. CJ được • • O bất kỳ t/ loại m tài liệu • • ĩ Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm. Họ <ê tên . SBD. Phòng thi sô: Học sinh trường THCS :
D IÊM
G IA M KHAO 1
(Thông nhài)
(Điêm/họ tên/chữ kỹ)
GIÁ M KHA 0 2 {Điểm/họ tê,n/chữ kỹ)
.G
PA RT I: LISTE N IN G (15 points) Listen to a conversation between M rs. Phillips and R obert about lib rary w orl^ answ er the questions. Q uestions 1-6: A nsw er the following questions. W rite NO M O R E T HAN T H R E l^ V O R D S AND/OR A NUM BER for each answ er. W rite your answ ers into the box below. 1. What is Mrs. Phillip’s job at the library? 2. What is Robert’s job at the library? 3. What time does the library open? 4. What time does Robert can go home after he finishes his duty ifttl^librarv? the librai 5. Where are fiction and non-fiction books collected? 6. Where can children find their suitable books?
Ö
Your answers: 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Itatemeni Questions 7-11: Decide w hether these stat nts are T ru e (T) or Fa se (F). W rite your answ ers in the box below. 7. The books in the brown cart are for republishing. 8. The books in the black cart need repaired. 9. The white cart books are to be sold as used books to raise money for the laboratory. 10. “Fashion show” is the most popular activity o f the library. 11. It costs children nothing to see movies on Saturday noon. Your answers: ^ 7. / ỵ N 9. 10. 11. Q uestions 12-15: Com plete the table. W rite NO M O R E THA N TW O W O RD AND/OR A NUM BER for each answ er. W rite your answ ers into the box below. Location Activity Day and Time Children’s Room
Thursday at 11:00
< 1 2 )t i > -----------------Family Movies
(1 3 )
(1 4 )
( 1 5 ) ) -----------------------------
Meeting Room
Friday at 6:30
Your answers: 12.
13.
14.
15.
PA RT II: PRO N U N CIA TIO N , VOCABULARY & G RA M M A R (35 points) Questions 16-17: Choose the w ord (A, B, C or D) whose underlined p a rt is pronounced differently from th a t of the others. W rite your answ ers into the box below.
TIẾNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 1
16. A. hasty B. nasty C. tasty D. wastage 17. A. rough B. thought C. thorough D. through Questions 18-20: Choose the w ord (A, B, C or D) th a t differs from the others in the position of the p rim ary stress. W rite your answ ers into the box below. 18. A. argumatative B. psychological C. contributory D. hypersensitive 19. A. compensate B. competence C. communist D. commitment 20. A. mysterious B. preferable C. modernity D. historical
Your answers: 16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Q uestions 21-30: c loose the best option (A, B, C o r D) to complete each of the 'ollowing sentences. W rite your answ ers into the box below. as a furniture maker, he produced the most beacutiful charra 21. Although he was com pletely____ A. unable B. untrained c . incapable 22. There is no point in telephoning him. H e’s certain _ ___by now. A. to leave B. to have left c. left 23 . ________ , dolphins have no sense o f smell. A. As known as far B. As far as is known C. It is known as far D. Known as far as i 24. When I finish writing this composition, I’m going t o _______ and go to A. make time B. hit the day D.C.call hititthe a day big ti 25. It could have been a lot w orse_______ there. A. when he was not B. ot whe he had been C. for he had not been D. haAn^uiot Deen 26 . ________ kind o f organization throughout the world uses computers to conduct business. A. Virtually every B. Virtually all early most D. Nearlly all 27. After a lengthy debate, the spokesman announced the board h a d _______ a unanimous conclusion. A. commited B. solved C. reached D.comprom 28. Not o n ly _______ in the project, but he also wanted tO|bcCome the leader. B. had Jack been involved A. did Jack involve C. was Jack involved D. was involved Jack 29. The factory is closed today. The w o r^ rs strike because their demand increase pay has not been met. A. o n - f o r - i n B c. for - on - in D. on - in - for 30 . ______________________snow that covers_____ top mountain of is beautiful sight. A. The - the - the - the B. The - the - the - a C. 0 - the - the - the D. 0 - 0 - the - the Your answers: 21. 23. 24. 25. ,
A
26.
a
2y
f
28.
29.
31 . ______
a An_________ a day keeps a doctor away. b. I am the______ of our parents’ eye. c. The_______ doesn’t fall far from the tree. 32 . ______
a. They are looking at the______ of fish in the lake. b. My younger brother is studying at a private_______ . c. A ________ bus is very popular nowadays. 33 . ______ a. Could you add this up for me? I'm not good at all w ith _______ . b. The cocktail party was attended by several well-known public_______ . c. Models have to watch th e ir_______ all the time so they eat very carefully. TIẾNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 2
30.
34. ____ in bed looking at the ceiling and wondering whether or not to get up. a. Anna b. I'm going t o _______ a dustsheet down on the floor and start painting the walls immediately. c. Will you the table while I get the meal ready? 35. a. Why don't more w om en_______ for public office? b. Does your c a r_______ on unleaded petrol or diesel? c. We are going to ^a series of advertisements in the local paper.
Your answers'. 32.
31.
33.
34.
35.
Questions 36-45: Use the correct form of the bracketed word to complete the passage. (0) en done as an example. Write your answers into the box below. What kind o f education_(0. EDUCATE), experience and background should we be giving our children? In a _______ (36. COMPETE) western economy, they need to be well-informed and _ (37. KNOW). In a complex ever-changing modem world, it is ______(38. ARGUE) that the task cfpdeparing the next generation cannot be carried out within t h e ______ (39. tradition ) classroom framework, because acquiring a proper education in this way is sim p ly ____ _ (40. POSSIBLE). This is where computer-aided learning steps in, providing children with the skills that they will need in tomorrow’s world, in a one-to-one learner-center environment. There are those who claim, however, th a t_______ (41. exceed ) exposure to computers may prove _____ (43. PRODUCE) for to be harmful rather th a n _______ (42. BENEFIT) to children and th a tis education to take place in the classroom. They say that, although computers seem to hold a _______ (44. RESIST) appeal for some people, particularly young children, it*is' (45. PREFER) for children to have a person, rather than a machine, for a teacher. Your answers: V 36. 37. 38. 40. ■39. 42.
41.
43.
44.
45.
Questions 46-50: Replace each underlined verb with the correct form of a synonymous phrasal verb in the box. There are two extra ones that you do not need to use. Write your answers into the box below.
come into make out
turn in take after
draw up
let on turn down
46. Before we do anything else, we ought to prepare a plan o f action. 47. It was getting late so I decided to go to bed. 4 8 .1 believe that Diana has recently inherited a lot o f money. 4 9 .1 was rejected for the army on the health ground. 5 0 .1 resemble my mother. She Wife small with blond hair and had a terrible memory too.
Your answers: 46.
f 47.
48.
49.
50.
PART III:READING COMPREHENSION (25 points) Questions 51-55: You are going to read an extract from a magazine article about psychology. Five paragraphs have been removed from the extract. Choose from the paragraphs A-F the one which fits each gap (51- 55). There is one extra paragraph which you do not need to use. Write your answers injiL^he box below. you're a loner, you're probably a member o f many different groups. Some are long lasting, like your family, while others, such as a football crowd, are temporary. Every group functions in different ways but there are still some common psychological features to any group. (5 1 )__________ Being part of a group changes the way you behave. The presence of others has a generally arousing effect on the nervous system. This is natural-you don't know what they will do. They may move about, speak to you, or even attack you, and your brain has to pay attention to all these messages. Having others around is just distracting. It divides your attention, so you can't focus on the task in hand. TIẾNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 3
(52 ) _________ But when it comes to complex tasks, the prospect of not being evaluated may free you from anxiety, so encouraging you to perform better. To test this, psychologists asked volunteers to carry out a complex computer task in separate rooms. Some were told performance would be evaluated individually - causing performance anxiety - while others were told the results would be averaged with the rest of the group. As expected, the second group did better than the first. (53 ) _________ The problem becomes even worse when individuals are disguised with war paint or uniforms. Analysis
shows that the more people there are in a mob, the greater the antisocial behaviour. Being 'submerged' within a group does have many negative connotations but it's not always a bad thing. Instead of thinking about a rowdy mob, think of relaxing, dancing and enjoying yourself at a party where you are also just a part of the crowd. (54 ) _________
But surprisingly, research has shown that the use of this technique by groups isn't that effective in either the number or quality of ideas generated. You get better results if you set people to work individually on a problem. We also tend to assume that decisions made by groups are better than those made by individuals, which is why we form committees. (55 ) _________
But any group can get a decision badly wrong because their thought processes can go awry. This is a process psychologists call 'groupthink'. A close-knit group of advisers isolated from argument and criticism can grow to believe they can do no wrong. The group then becomes more important than the individuals who are part of it. Further, a leadership style which concentrates on the group rather than the individual can contribute to this. For a group and its behaviour are shaped by who is in charge and the roles the other members play. A good front man or woman is persuasive, not directive, communicates and speaks clearly, listens well and appeals to group members' emotions and feelings as well as thought^jy/ideas. Many, but not all, leaders show dominance in the group. But the dominant person in the group doesn't always make the best leader, and it isn't necessarily true that having the smartest people always makes for the most successful group. A.
This lack o f individual accountability may lead to people letting go o f their inhibitions - a process known as ’deindividuation'. Sometimes this is dangerous, releasing violent and impulsive behaviours that individuals would never dream o f indulging in alone.
B.
They have a need for power, characterised by talking a lot, wanting to be listened to and to make decisions. In a group it can be easy to spot the dominant people. They make eye contact, point and even touch people but don't encourage return gestures. Such behaviour studies have been key in shaping business organisation.
C. For example, in general, humans are social animals, that's why we get together in groups in the first place. Important elements o f our individual identity come from being part o f a group. Most people enjoy being in a group - it's a way o f forming emotionally satisfying relationships. D. But ‘itithas hasto i be a carefully selected team, not a randomly generated group, i f creative decisions are to b^npade. In fact, theory on team building has shown that it is better if people work in small teams o f tentary pairs. Big teams don't get anything done, even though people like them. ♦ S3, how does all this stimulation affect achievement? It has been argued that people do better on iimple well-rehearsed activities when they're with others than when they are alone. Also, i f their individual efforts within the group are not being monitored, there's a tendency to relax and merge into the crowd. F. Another positive feature o f groups is that they generate ideas and opinions, and use these to make decisions. That's why the modern trend in teaching is fo r students to work in small groups to prepare presentations and why brainstorming is so popular in the work context. Your answers: TIẾNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 4
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
Questions 56-65: R ead the following passage and decide which answ er A, B, C or D best fits each num bered blank. W rite your answ ers into the box below. A LO V E O F TR A V ELLIN G For Nigel Portman, a love o f travelling began with what’s ( 5 6 ) _______ a ‘gap year’. In common with many other British teenagers, he chose to take a year out before (5 7 )_______ to study for his degree. After doing various jobs to ( 5 8 )_______ some money, he left home to gain some experience of life in different cultures, visiting America and Asia. The more adventurous the young person, the (5 9 )_______ the challenge they are likely to set themselves for the gap year, and for some, like Nigel, it can (6 0 )_______ in a thirst for adventure. Now that his university course has (6 1 )_______ to an end, Nigel is just about to leave on a threeyear trip that will take him right around the world. W hat’s more, he plans to make the w holejourney using only means o f transport which are (6 2 )_______ by natural energy. In other words, he’ll be ( 6 3 ^ _______ mostly on bicycles and his own legs; and when there’s an ocean to cross, he w on’t be taking a (6 4 )_______ cut by climbing aboard a plane, he’ll be joining the crew o f a sailing ship (6 5 )_______ . As well as doing some mountain climbing and other outdoor pursuits along the way, Nigel hopes to passon to the people he meets the environmental message that lies behind the whole idea* B. named C. referred D. Known 56. A called 57. A. settling down B. getting up C. taking over D. holding holdi back 58. A. achieve B. raise C. advance D. win 59. A. stronger B. wider C. greater . deeper 60. A. result B. lead C. cause create 61. A. come B. turned C.reached D. brought 62. A. pulled C. forced B. charged D. powered 63. A. attempting B. using C. relying D. trying 64. A. quick B. short c ^ V D. swift 65. A. anyway B. alike C. instead D. Otherwise
Your answers: 56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63. \
64.
65.
Q uestions 66-75: R ead the passage cart| nlly, then fill in eac l b lan k w ith ONE suitable w ord. W rite your answ ers into the box below. and then not doing Students frequently complain (66) studying for hours on (67) well in their final exams. Many factors can (68) in poor performances: (69) ______ illness or a personal problem. Getting high grades can also put a terrible strain on students (70) don’t want to let their parents dowrj^ Can student idge be judged by a (7 1 )_______ exam? Certainly not! If we want to be fair, students ought a _______ on a regular basic. So does that mean more exams? Yes, but (73) _______ many wr en ones. In many countries, student do not have to take written exams ( 7 4 ) _______ ~' ____ to take oral ones instead. This seems to be fairer way o f assessing they don’t want to, tfiey are (75) understanding, not just testing it. Your answers: 67. 68. 69. 70. P 3 - 72. 73. 74. 75. 7 ,. PA RT IV: W R IT IN G (25 poitns) Questions 76-80: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way th a t it m eans the same as the sentence printed before it. 76. We couldn’t relax until all the guests had gone home. ■=> O nly ____________________________________________________________________________________ 77. House prices have risen sharply this year. ■=> There has TIẾNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 5
78. She furiously threw the book across the room. ■=> Such 79. Experts think that all dogs evolved from wolves. ■=>All dogs a r e ________________________________ 80. The northwest of Britain has more rain each year than the southeast. ■=> The annual Questions 81-85: R ew rite each of the following sentences in such a way th a t it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold w ords given in brackets. Do not alter the given w ords in any 81. The two theories appear to be completely different.
(COMMON)
82. His rude behaviour is too much for me.
(PUT)
8 3 .1
(DIFFICULTY)
find his handwriting very hard to read.
84. He doesn’t have money to go on holiday. He doesn’t have time, either, ( n e i t h e r ) 85. Y ou’d feel better if you had a quiet holiday.
(DO)
s
Q uestions 86-100: {In about 200 words) Write an essay about the advantages and disadvantages o f
studying in groups.
A
TH E EN D
TIỂNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 6
ĐÁP ÁN HƯỚNG DẪN CHẮM
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN
ĐỀ KIỂM TRA KIẾN THỨC
NGUYỄN H U Ệ ^
VÀO L Ớ P 10 TH PT CHUYÊN M ôn thi: T IẾ N G ANH (CHUYÊN)
Tổng điểm toàn bài: 100 điểm (100 câu X 1 điểm) -ỳ Điểm cuối cùng rút gọn = 10 điểm Từ cẫu 1 đến câu 8 5 x 1 điểm = 85 điểm; từ câu 85-100: bài viết luận = 15 điểm Chú ỷ: Khi cộng điểm toàn bài, giảm khảo chẩm làm tròn điểm đến 0,25/0,5/0,75 (ỉẻ 0,1 - 0,2 làm tròn thành 0,25; lẻ 0,3 - 0,4 làm tròn thành 0,5; lẻ 0,6 - 0,7 làm tròn thành 0,75) -
PA RT I: LISTE N IN G (15 points) 1. (a/the) head librarian 2. library assistant 4. 4.30p.m 5. second floor / 2nd floor
3. 8.30 a.m
6. third floor / 3rd floor
Questions 7-11: 7. F
9. F
8. T
10. F
11. T \
Questions 12-15: 12. Story Time
13. Reference Room
14. Saturday at 2:30
15. Lecture Series ^Lectures
PA RT II: PRO N U N CIA TIO N , VOCABULARY & G RAM M A R (35 points) 16. B 17. A 18. c 19. D
^ O .B
Questions 21-30: 21. B 26. A
22. B 27. c
23. B 28. c
24. D 29. A
Í
32. SCHOOL
33. FIGURES
37. knowledgeable 42. beneficial
38. argumentative 43. productive
39. traditional 44. resistant
40. impossible 45. preferable
47. turn in
48. came into ^
49. turned down
50. take after
25. D 30. B
Questions 31-35: 31. APPLE
35. RUN
Questions 36-45: 36. compatitive 41. excessive
Questions 46-50: 46. draw up
PA RT III:R E A D IN G C O M PR EH EN SIO N (25 points)
Questions 51-55: 51. c
52. E
53. A
54. F
55. D
57. A 62. D K
58. B 63. c
59. c 64. B
60. A 65. c
Questions 56-65: 56. A 61. A
Questions 66-75: 66. about 71. single
^ !> É s te d
68. result 73. not
69. an 74. if
70. who/that 75. allowed
PA RT IV: W R IT IN G (25 poitns)
Questions 76-80: 76. Only after/when all the guests had gone (home) could we be / were we able to relax 77. There has been a sharp increase/ rise in (the) house prices this year 78. Such was herfury that she threw the book across the room. JC /flk(\g^are thought to have evolvedfrom wolves 80. The annual rainfall in/for the northwest of Britain is higher/ greater than (that in) the southeast Questions 81-85: 81. The two theories (appear to) have (got) nothing in com m on. /There is nothing in common between the two theories. 82. I can’t/ won’t put up w ith his rude behaviour. 83. I have (considerable) difficulty (in) reading his hand writing. 84. He has neither money nor time to go on holiday. 85. A quiet holiday would do you good. 86-100. (In about 200 words) Write an essay about the advantages and disadvantages o f studying in groups.
ĐỀ KIỆM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TR Ư Ờ N G TH PT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO L Ớ P 10 TH PT CHUYÊN M ôn thi: T IẾ N G ANH (CHUYÊN) Ngày thi: 8 tháng 5 năm 2016 Thời gian làm bài: 120 p h ú t
ĐÈ THI CHÍNH THỨC
(Đề thi gồm 06 trang) Thí sinh ¿nền đáy án vào khuns kẻ trốníỉ tronẹ đề. Thí sinh không được sử dụng bất kỳ loại tài liệu nào kể cả từ đỉểrt và điện thoại. Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm. Họ & tên '. SBD. Phòng thỉ sô: Học sinh trường THCS :
D IÊM
G IA M KHAO 1
GIA M KHAO 2
(Thống nhất)
(Điếm/họ tên/chữ kỷ)
{Điểm/ho tên/chữ kỹ)
V
f
PA RT I: LISTEN IN G - (Time for listening: 2’35 x 2 = 5’10) (15pts) You are going to listen (TW ICE) to a m an talking about his trips. Listen a nd n a com c< Questions 1-5: Decide w hether these statem ents are T rue (T) o r False (F). W rite your answ ers in the box below. 1. The man often travels for his job as a rug seller. 2. The man is asked to give a talk about his trips in Europe and Africa. 3. The man is willing to answer questions at the end o f his talk. 4. It often takes the man at least three months to prepare carefully for his trips. 5. The man only get information about the places he is going on the Internet. Your answers: ▼ 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. Q uestions 6-15: Com plete the table. W rite NO M O R E THAN TW O W O RD AND/OR A NUM BER C ountries visited
Interesting facts
Morocco
♦♦♦ many^6T"
Turkey
❖ travelled there by (7)
(1 0 )-----------
é
and beautiful mosques
W good for local (8) ♦♦♦ bought a beautiful Turkish (9) ❖ visited Gujarati Textile (11) ❖ great examples o f (12)
embroidery
❖ lots o f wildlife in (13)
areas
♦♦♦ saw increadible colouful (14)
and several (15)
spiders
Your an,swers: 6.
7
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
PA RT II: PRO N U N CIA TIO N , VOCABULARY & G R A M M A R (35 points) Questions 16-17: Choose the w ord (A, B, C or D) whose underlined p a rt is pronounced differently from th a t of the others. W rite your answ ers into the box below. Page 1/6
16. A. advent 17. A. pursue 18. A. ragged
B. invent B. hesitate B. sacred
C. decent C. comparison C. dogged
D. percent D. poster D. scared
Questions 18-20: Choose the w ord (A, B, C or D) th a t differs from the others in the position of the p rim ary stress. W rite your answ ers into the box below. 19. A. questionaire B. introduce C. recommend D. concentrate 20. A. continuous B. scandalous C. malicious D. delicious
Your answers: 16.
18.
17.
19.
20 .
Questions 21-30: Choose the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the followi Write your answers into the box below.
Ci
21. I’d like to make______ for crashing your car. Let me pay for the repairs. A. improments B. correctione C. amends stments 22. Thanks for lending me your umbrella; it really came in ______ . A. used B. handy C. handful D. needy 23. James never shows his emotions; no matter what happens, he always keeps a stifffupper_____ D. lip A. mounth B. eye C. head 24.1 got a new baseball______ yesterday. A. stick B. racket 'C. club ' ' D. bat 25. Eat your vegetables. They’ll______ you good. A. do B. make D. help 26. Don’t drop your sweet wrapper on the floor, A. do you B. aren’t you will you D. won’t you t another hour. 27. She may have missed the train,______ she won D. in which case A. at the case B. all the case . just in case in a quiet position. 28.1 should like to rent a house, modem, comfortab A. most of all B. above all C. first of all D. after all 29.1was disappointed that the restaurant h flowers on the table. C. artificial D. forged A. false B. untrue \ 30.______ write with your left hand when yju broke your arm? A. Did you have to B. Had you have to C. Needed you to D. Must you Your answers: 21. 22. 24. 23. 25.
<r*
Pa
26.
28.
27
29.
30.
Complete the sentences with the appropriate phrasal verbs from the box in their correct form. There are two extra ones that you do not need to use. Write your answers into the box below.
put through
come by
look on
join in
die down give away
take over call for
bear up
get into
carry out
drop o ff
didn ’t think he would so well in that situation. 31. IIdi 32. Come and help me to carry the boxes! Don’t just stand th ere _______ ! 33.1watched a horror film on TV last night, but I can’t remember how it ended. I must have the 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
before end. Tomorrow, we will b e _______ an experiment to test this theory. Just ask them if you c m play and I ’m sure they’ll let y o u _______ . Do you think the wind h a s _______ enough for us to go sailing without any danger? Environmentalists a re _______ stricter controls on the use of leaded petrol. The robber couldn’t explain how he such a large amount of money when the police caught him. Did you hear about the millionaire w h o ____ __ his entire fortune to charity? Who is going t o _______ the family business when Arstha’s father retires? Page 2/6
Your answers: 31
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
Questions 41-50: Com plete the following passage by w riting the correct form of the w ords given in brackets. W rite your answ ers into the box below. RAIN M AKING When it rains, it does not always pour. During a typical storm, a (41. COMPARE) amount o f the lock-up moisture in each cloud reaches the ground as rain. So the idea th^ intervention - a rain dance, perhaps - might encourage the sky to give up a little (42. A D D ) _______ water has been around since prehistoric times. More recently, would-be rain makers have used a more direct procedure - that o f throwing (43. V A R Y ) _______ chemicals out o f aero-planes in an ^ fq j^ to wring more rain from the clouds, a practice known as “cloud seeding”. Yet such techniques, which were first developed in the 1940s, are (44. NOTORIETY) _______ difficult to evaluate. It is hard to (45. c e r t a i n ) ________ , for example, how much rain woulcNfcave fallen anyway. So, despite much anecdotal evidence o f the advantages o f cloud seeding, has led to its adoption in more than 40 countries around the world, as far as scientists are concert}ea, results are still (46. CONCLUSIVE) _______ . That could be about to change. For the past three\g2J^(47. RESEARCH)_________ have been carrying out the most extensive and (48. RIGOUR)_______ evaluation to date of a revolutionary new technique that will substantially boost the volume of (49. R A IN )________ . The preliminary (50. F IN D ) _______ o f their experiments indicate that solid evidence o f the technique’s effectiveness is now within the scientists’ grasp.
Your answers'. 41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
PA RT III:R E A D IN G C O M PR EH EN SIO N (25 points) Questions 51-55: You are going to read a m agazine article on space travel. Five p arag rap h s have been rem oved from the article. Choose from the p a ra g rap h s A-G the one which fits each gap (51- 55). There is one extra p a ra g ra p h which you do not need to use. T here is an example at the beginning (0). W rite your answ ers into the box CH EA P A CCESS TO SPACE Charles Conrad went to the moomwith Apollo 12 and circled the Earth in Skylab. But from now on, he is going to aim high for himself. His company, Universal Space Lines, hopes to produce a more economic rocket that will be able to go^in space again and again. (0) _____ G ______ ^ NASA, the JJ.S, government-owned space program, plans to develop such a rocket. However, the immediate priority is missions to Mars, which will require different technology. So it is more likely that people outside the NASA program will develop re-useable rocket design. Rick Tumlinson runs an independent organization called the Space Frontier Foundation and firmly believes that it is time for business to get involved. (51 ) _________ So Tumlinson is also in business to prove a point. Space is our destiny, he says, so why not get on with it a bit more eagerly? To this end, the SFF is holding a conference in Los Angeles shortly, to be called Space: Open for Business. (52 ) _________ Another company, Kistler Aerospace, has similar plans; “Our goal is to become a delivery service to low Earth orbit that will radically re-align the economics of doing business in space. Satellites will be our parcels: our vehicles will be operated in repeated flights with air freights efficiency.” (53 ) __________ _ Their own view is that it is impossible for NASA, which is government-owned, to offer an “open frontier”. This is not a matter o f budgets or schedules, but o f fundamental purpose and design. NASA is “elitist and Page 3/6
exclusive”, whereas foe SFF believes in opportinities for everyone “a future of endlessly expanding new choices”. (54 ) _________ O f course, the ex-astronaut and businessman Charles Conrad agrees. “I’m trying to get affordable space transportation up and operative so that everybody can enjoy space. And by the way, the Japanese are hard at work building a space hotel.” (55 ) _________ If he is right, mass space travel will have arrived by 2050 and space tourism will have become a viable
industry. More importantly, the human race will have made serious progress in crossing that final frontier. A.
Companies will always be looking fo r profit. For this reason, the SFF is not in favor o f , missions to Mars, claiming that there’s nothing in it for investors. A t the same time, they that these missions could bring scientific benefits.
B.
He sees the NASA program as a bit o f a dinosaur. “25 years after the Wright Brothers, people could buy a commercial plane ticket... but many years after landing on the moon, we sat around watching old astronauts on TV talking about the good old days. ”
C. In 1997, the SFF ran a survey on the Internet, called “Cheap Access to Space”, where it asked American taxpayers for their views on the U.S space program and on what American’s future priorities should be in space transportation. D.
U.S government officials don V see the future fo r space tourism. Here again, private companies may well prove them wrong. David Ashford, director o f Bristol Spaceplanes Limited, once said that space tourism would begin ten years after people stopped laughingfit the concept. Recently, he added this striking comment: “people have stopped laughing. ”
E.
Charles Conrad is due to speak there. But his company is in fact only one o f several that already have blueprints for getting into space and back cheaply. Rotary is working on something that would be launched like a rocket but return like a helicopter. Pioneer Rocket plane believes there could be a million dollar market in delivering packages from one side o f the planet to the other in an hour.
F.
They would like to see “irreversible human settlement” in space as soon as possible and maintain that this will only happen through free enterprise. “Building buildings and driving trucks is not what astronauts should be doing; tlMi&what the private sector does. ”
G
“Cheap” is an im p fil^iQ p k'd in space technology nowadays and re-useable rockets will be a key way o f controlling casrk^ltey will deliver things to orbits, bring stu ff back to Earth and then go up again, perhaps taps with machinery i fo r a space factory, or even carrying tourists. Your answers:
51.
A
[5Z
53.
54.
55.
Questions 56-65: R ead the following passage and decide which answ er A, B, C or D best fits each num bered blank. W rite your answers into the box below. C R IT IC ISM
It call take a long time to become successful in your chosen field, however (56)______ you are. One thing you have to be (5 7 )_______ of is that you will face criticism along the way. The world is (5 8 )________ of people who would rather say something negative than positive. If you’ve made up your (5 9 )_______ to achieve a certain goal, such as writing a novel, don’t let the negative criticism of others (6 0 )_______ you from reaching your target, and let constructive criticism have a positive effect on your work. If someone says you’re totally (61) _______ talent, ignore them. That’s negative criticism. If, however, someone advises you to revise your work and gives you good reasons for doing so, you should ( 6 2 )_______ their suggestions carefully. There are many film stars who were once out o f work. There are many famous novelists who made a complete (6 3 )_______ of their first novel - or who didn’t, but had to (6 4 )________ Page 4/6
approaching hundreds of publishers before they could get it published. Being successful does (6 5 )___ on luck, to a certain extent. But things are more likely to turn out well if you preserve and stay positive. 56. A. talented B. invested C. mixed D. workable 57. A. alert B. cleaver C. intelligent D. aware 58. A. overflowing B. full C. filled D. packed 59. A. mind B. brain C. thought D. idea B. remove 60. A. cease C. avoid D. prevent 61. A. lacking B. short C. missing D. absent 62. A. think B. consider D. take C. look round 63. A. rubbish B. trash D. garbish C. mess 64. A. put off B. bank on C. keep on D. drop in on 65. A. require B. depend C. need D. trust Your answers: 56. 57. 58. 59. 60f . V 1 62. 64. 61. 63. Q uestions 66-75: R ead the passage carefully, then fill in each b lan k w ith ONE suitable w ord. W rite y our answ ers into the box below. Maybe you recycle cans, glass, and paper. Do you know that nature recycles, too? One o f the things nature (6 6 )_______ is water. Water goes from oceans, lakes, and rivers into the air. Water falls from the air as (6 7 )_______ or snow. Rain and snow eventually find their way back to the oceans. Nature’s recycling program for water is (6 8 )_______ the water cycle. The water cycle has four stages: storage, evaporation, precipitation, and runoff. Water on Earth gets stored in oceans, lakes, rivers, ice, and even underground. Water goes from storage into the atmosphere by a ( 6 9 ) _______ called evaporation. When water evaporates, it changes from a liquid ( 7 0 )_______ a gas, called water vapor. Water vapor goes up into (71) _______ atmosphere. Water returns to the Earth as precipitation in rain or snow by changing into drops o f water when the air ( 7 2 ) _______ cold enough. Clouds are collections o f water droplets. MosUprecipitation (7 3 )_______ into the oceans and goes right back into storage. Water that falls on land always flows from (7 4 )________ places to lower ones. This flow is called runoff. Water from land flows into streams. Streams join (75) to make rivers and eventually the water flows into storage in the oceans. Then the water cycle starts all over again.
Your answers: 66. 71.
67.
72 JN
j*
.
69.
70.
73.
74.
75.
PA RT IV: W R ITIN G (25 poitns) Q uestions 76-80: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way th a t it m eans the same as the sentence p rin ted before it. 76. The teachers agreed to introduce the new methods. ■=> There was_______________________________________________________________________________ 77. There was no need for you to have gone to all that trouble.
*______________________________________________________________________ 78. It’a sad, but unemployment is unlikely to go down this year. ■=>S a d _____________________________________________________________________________________ 79. You must never mention this secret to him. ■=> Under 80. If you were in the situation I’m in, you’d feel the same. I f you p u t _______________________________________ Questions 81-85: Com plete the second sentence so th a t it has a sim ilar m eaning to the first sentence, using the w ord given. Do not change the w ord given. You m ust use between two and five words, including the w ord given. 81. I was about to leave when she turned up. (POINT) Page 5/6
■=> I w a s _______________________________________ when she turned up. 82. I wasn't expecting my colleagues to organise a farewell party on my last day at the company. (TAKEN) ■=> I _______________________________________ when my colleagues organised a farewell party on my last day at the company. 83. Considering that Luke is so young, you must admit he’s making excellent progress as a musician. (ACOOUNT) ■=> If y o u _______________________________________ young Luke is, you must admit he’s making excellent progress as a musician.
84. Peter was in trouble with his boss because he didn’t finish an important project by the deadline. (HOT) ■=> Peter w as__________________________________ because he didn’t finish an important project by the deadline. 85. You should punish him severely so that others will be afraid to behave as he did. ( e x a m p l e ) ■=>You should__________________________________ so that others will be afraid to beha^a^fie did. Q uestions 86-100: Do you agree or disagree w ith the following statem ent?
"Fust food is becoming a part o f our daily life. Some people argue that fast food has negative effects on our lifestyle and diet. ” W rite about 250 w ords to support your opinion (and do not include your personal inform ation).
TH E END
Page 6/6
ĐÁP ÁN HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM
TRƯỜNG THPTCHUYÊN
ĐỀ KIỂM TRA KIẾN THỨC
NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO L Ớ P 10 T H P T CHUYÊN - LẦN II I NĂM 2016 M ôn thi: T IẾ N G ANH (CHUYÊN)
Tổng điểm toàn bài: 100 (ũểm (100 câu X 1 điểm) Điểm cuối cùng rút gọn = 10 điểm Từ câu 1 đến câu 85 X 1 ¿uểm = 85 điểm; từ câu 85-100: bài viết luận = 15 điểm - Chủ ỷ: Khi cộng điểm toàn bài, giám khảo chẩm làm tròn điểm đến 0,25/0,5/0,75 (lẻ 0,1 - 0,2 làm tròn thành 0,25; lẻ 0,3 - 0,4 làm tròn thành 0,5; lẻ 0,6 -0 ,7 làm tròn thành 0,75) -
PA RT I: LISTEN IN G : (15pts) You are going to listen (TW ICE) to a m an talking about his trips. Listen and complete th e ^ s k s . Questions 1-5: Decide w hether these statem ents are T ru e (T) o r False (F). W rite yo^ir answi tiswers in the box below. (5.0 poitns)
Ö
Your answers: 1. F (rug buyer)
2. F (Europe and
3. T
4 .T
¿5. Ể*(on the Internet
X
Jr
Asia) Q uestions 6-15: Com plete the table. W rite NO M O R E T HAN TW O for each answ er. W rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 poitns) (itns)
and in books)
AND/OR A NUM BER
Your answers: 6.
historical
7. boat
8. crafts
9. carpet
10. India
12. Indian silk
13.
14. birds
15. poisonous
buildings 11. Museum
ULARY & G RA M M A R (35 points) PA RT II: PRO N U N CIA TIO N , VOCABULARY Q uestions 16-17: Choose the w ord (A, B, c C or o r D) whose underlined p a rt ispronounced differently from th a t of the others. W rite your answ ers into the box below. Q uestions 18-20: Choose the w ord (A, or D) th a t differs from the others in the position of the p rim ary stress. W rite your answ ers into the box below. (5.0 poitns)
Your answers: 16. c
J y .tt
18. D
19. D
20. B
Q uestions 21-30: Choose the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the following sentences. W rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 poitns) Your answers: 24. D 21 . c 22. B 23. D 25. A 26 . c
27. D
28. B
29. c
30. A
Com plete the sentences w ith the ap p ro p riate p h rasal verbs from the box in th eir correct form . There are two extra ones th a t you do not need to use. W rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 poitns)
Your answers: 31. bear up
32. looking on
33. dropped off
34. carrying out
35. join in
36. died down
37. calling for
38. came by I had
39. gave away
40. take over
come by
Page 7/6
Questions 41-50: Com plete the following passage by w riting the correct form of the w ords given in brackets. W rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 poitns)
Your answers: 41. comparatively
42. additional
43. various
44. notoriously
45. ascertain
46. inconclusive
47. researchers
48. rigorous
49. rainfall
50. findings
PA RT III:R E A D IN G C O M PR EH EN SIO N (25 points) Q uestions 51-55: You are going to read a m agazine article on space travel. Five p arag rap h s have been rem oved from the article. Choose from the p a ra g rap h s A-G the one which fits each gap (51^ 5 ^ 555). 5 ). T here is one extra p a ra g ra p h which you do not need to use. T here is an example at the begir eginning (0). W rite your answ ers into the box below.
N$r
Your answers: 0. G 51. B
52. E
53. C
G
54. F
Questions 56-65: R ead the following passage and decide which answ er num bered blank. W rite your answ ers into the box below.
r D best fits each
Your answers: 56. A
57. D
58. B
61. A
62. B
63. C
59. A V
60. D 65. B
Q uestions 66-75: R ead the passage carefully, then fill in your answ ers into the box below.
lan k w ith ONE suitable w ord. W rite
Your answers: 66. recycles 71. the
67. rain 72. gets / is
68. called 73. falls A
_
69. process 74. high
70. into 75. together
PA RT IV: W R IT IN G (25 poitns) Questions 76-80: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way th a t it m eans the same as the sentence printed before it. (5.0 poitns) 76. ■=> There was an agreem ent am ong the teachers to introduce the new methods. 77. ■=> You needn’t have gone to all th a t trouble. / You d id n ’t need to go to all th a t trouble. 78. O Sad as it is, unem ploym ent is unlikely to go down this year. 79. ■=> Under no circum stance m ust you m ention this secret to him. 80. ■=> I f you put yourself in my place/position/situation, you would feel the same. Questions 81-85: Com plete the second sentence so th a t it has a sim ilar m eaning to the first sentence, using the w ord given. Do not change the w ord given. You m ust use between two and five w ords, including the w ord given. (5.0 poitns) 81. ■=> I was on the point o f leaving when she turned up. 82. ■=> I was taken by surprise when my colleagues organised a farewell party on my last day at the company. c=i\l^you take into account how young Luke is, you must admit he’s making excellent progress as a musician. 84. ■=> Peter was in hot water because he didn’t finish an important project by the deadline. 85. ■=> You should make an example o f him so that others will be afraid to behave as he did. Questions 86-100 (15 poitns): Do you agree o r disagree w ith the following statem ent?
“Fast food is becoming a part o f our daily life. Some people argue that fast food has negative effects on our lifestyle and d ietn W rite about 250 words to su p p o rt your opinion (and do not include your personal inform ation). TH E END
Page 8/6
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO HẢI PHÒNG ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC
KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN Năm hoc 2015-2016 ____■ ________ ĐỀ THI M ÔN TIẾNG ANH (Chuyên) Thời gian làm bài: 150 phút (không kể thòi gian giao đề)
LƯU Ý : - Thí sinh làm bài vào phiếu trả ltd. Đề thi không thu lại.
- Đề thi gồm 4 trang. Tổng điểm: 100 - Thỉ sinh không được sử dụng bất cứ tài liệu gù
PART ONE: PHONOLOGY I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group Write your answers A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (5 pts) B. flour C. scour D. sour 1. A. pour 2. A. define B. oxide C. alibi D. elite B. relieved C.dogged D. sacred 3 A. hatred 4. A. teethe B. wreath C. southern D. worthy B. salmon C. ca|ve D. halve 5 A. di|emma C. laundry 6. A. audible B. audience D. draughty 7. A. steak D. break B. great C. creative 8. A. excursion B. further C. surgery D. surprise C. subscriber 9. A. bomb B. tomb D. plumber 10. A. creates B. motorbikes C. theatres D. tapes II.
Choose the word whose main stress position is placed differently from that of the others in each group. Write your answers A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (5 pts) B. analysis C. refugee D. editorial 1. A. ingenuity B. occupation C. Nepalese D. committee 2. A. curiosity B. introduce C. understand D. atmosphere 3. A. lemonade B. category C. zoology considerate 4. A. miraculous B. competent C. temperate D. pregnancy 5. A. mysterious B. environment C. inconvenient D. development 6. A. religious B. composite C. company D. comfortable 7. A. computer B. urbanization C. mathematician D. influential 8. A. modernization B. entertain C. signature D. crocodile 9. A. dinosaur D. ceremony B. tournament C. gymnasium 10. A. medalist PART TWO: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the correct word or phrase to complete each sentence. Write your answers A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (10 pts) 1. Luckily I .a new pair of s lasses as I found mine at the bottom of a bag A. didn’t need to buy B. needed not to buy C. needn’t have bought D. hadn’t to buy I’m sorry, but the dress you j/v: n o t_____ in red. A. possible a ^¿ re c o n o m ic a l C. suitable D. available 3. _____ rare artifacts were they that the museum decided to insure them. A. Such B. So C. Too D. Very 4. Scientists are predicting that the volcano might erupt so people have been ____ from the area. A. evacuated B. emigrated C. escaped D. exported 5. I always take my lucky_____ with me into an exam. D. charm A. sign B. item C. spell 6 . The hotel room was __ furnished with only a bed, a wardrobe, and an ancient armchair. A. thinly B. sparsely C. lightly D. completely 7 It’s very important that w e _____ as soon as there’s any change in the patient’s condition. A. are notified B. being notified C. were notified D. be notified 8. If the service isn’t up to standard, I think you have_____ right to complain. A. all B. each C. every D. much 9. _____ , a bat sends out a series of signals, which bounce off any object in its path. A. When in flying B. While it is flying C. When they are flying D. Once flying 10. Jack has decided to _____ the time he spends watching television. A. run out of B. cut down on C. go in for D. come up with 11. _____ , the people who come to this club are in their twenties and thirties. A. By and large B. Altogether C. To a degree D. Virtually Page 1 o f 4
12. S h e_____ to tell them where the money was hidden. A. objected B. rejected C. refused D. disagreed 13. _____ a scholarship, I entered the unknown territory of private education. D. Having been awarded A. To award B. To be awarded C. Having awarded 14. The old houses opposite are going to b e _____ . A. broken down B. knocked down C. put down D. taken down 15. The coastguard boarded the ship and found. A. four injured alive men B. alive four men injured C. four injured men alive D. injured four alive men 16. There’s no_____ between Gary and Mark, even though they are brothers. D. reflection A. resemblance B. appearance C. correspondence 17. “I have passed all of my examinations!” A. Best wishes B. My dear C. Well done D. That’s very well 18. I’m _____ my brother is. B. nothing near as ambitious as A. nowhere like so ambitious C. nothing as ambitious than D. nowhere near as ambitious as 19. Jane changed her major from French to business A. hoping she can easier get a job B. with hopes to be able easier to locate employme lym eni ^ C. hoping to find a job more easily D. with the hope for being able to find better a jo' 20 . - " " - “All right then, if you insist.” iob A. She did it right then. B. Are you sure you won’t come for a drink withi JAT C. What seems to be the trouble? D. Everything was all right at the party, wasn’t ¡t? it?
c>
II. Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete each sentence. Write your answers on your answer sheet. (10 pts) 1. This city has over half a million (inhabit). 2. Many children create (imagine) friends to talk to. 3. I’d like to make a (draw) from my bank account, please. 4. I’m afraid I left the chicken in the oven a bit long so it’s a little (do). 5. If we don't (economy) on electricity, there will be power cuts. 6. People used to suffer from their life-time physical (normal). 7. A good dictionary is (dispense) for learning a foreign language 3e. 8. His boss told him off because he had behaved (responsible ,/e). )7 iH npte QQ^ 9. You must learn to (different) between politeness and real k in c j^ 10. Playing a sport together will teach your children about fair play, (sport) and working with others.
o
. Fill each blank in the following sentences with a suitable preposition or adverb particle. Write your answers on your answer sheet. (10 pts) 1. _____ answer to your question, no, I have never had any dealings______Mr. Partridge. 2 . The dispute_____ territory______the two countries can lead to war. 3. I’m _____ the impression that this new CD will catch______very soon. 4. He gave me some m oney_____ all my service. major repair. 5. The intercity highway is not use now. It’s . 6 . You were a bit hard # W L V \c r a s h in g your car - give him a second chance. 7. I don’t think we’re ever going to see e y e _____ e y e ______this issue. 8 . Don’t be surprised if you g e t_____ trouble for talking back______ the teacher. 9. Damage_____ the building resulted______an unusually high wind. 10 . Charles has good ta ste _____ music but he’s got no talent______figures. IV. Give the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets. Write your answers on your answer sheet. (10 pts) The little boy had a lot of trouble (convince)_____ everyone that he (see) a mermaid. It (consider)_____ impolite in some cultures (eaf) ___ with your left hand. he (save)_____ €20,000. 3. He saves €500 a year. By the time he (retire) 4. Who was that girl you (talk) _ to when I (pass)_____ you in the street? .your call. 5> I (not g e t)_____ home until after midnight last night. Otherwise, I (return) Where (you/be) _ all day? I (phone) .you dozens of times. (look)_____ at your CV, I (gather) . _ you used to live in Australia. Rebecca didn’t deserve (punish) _ so severely, if you (ask)_____ me. _ the day before. 9. The room (fill)_____ with boxes of different sizes which (deliver) 10. Once they (finish)_____ the extension to the factory, there (be) . room for them to take on a lot more workers.
V. Identify one of the underlined parts in each sentence that is not correct and then get it right. Write your answers A, B, C, or D and your corrections on your answer sheet. Number 0 is an example. (10 pts) 0. I often go to school on bus. Answer: D —►/)/ A B C D Page 2 o f 4
1. The harder he tried, the worst he danced before the large audience. A B c D 2. After Allan had searched for twenty minutes, he realized that his jackethad been lavingon the table the entire time.
A
B
c
D
3. Linda has such many things to do that she has no time to go out. A B c D 4. Martha being chosen as the most outstanding student on her campusmade herparents very happy. A B c D 5. John’s wisdom teeth were troubling him, so he went to a dental surgeon to see about having them pull. A B c D 6. I put my new book of zoology here on the desk a few minutes ago, but I cannot seem to find it. A
B
C
D
7.
Those of you who signed up for Dr. Daniel’s anthropology class should get their books as soon as possible.
8.
Standing among so many strangers, the frightened child began to sob uncontrollable.
9.
The Nobel prize winning candidate, accompanied by his wife and children, are staying in Sweden
A
B A
C B
C
D
D
A
B
10. Sally must have called her sister last night, but she arrived home too late to call her. A
B
C
D
PART THREE: READING I. Read the passage below and choose the correct answer for each question. Write your answers A, B, c or D on your answer sheet. (5 pts) Petroleum products, such as gasoline, kerosine, home heating oil, residual fuel oil, and lubricating oils, come from one source-crude oil found below the earth's surface, as well as under large bodies of water, from a few hundred feet below the surface to as deep as 25,000 feet into the earth's interior. Sometimes crude oil is secured by drilling a hole through the earth, but more dry holes are drilled than those producing oil. Pressure at the source or pumping forces crude oil to the surface. Crude oil wells flow at varying rates, from ten to thousands of barrels per hour. Petroleum products are always measured in forty-two-gallon barrels. Petroleum products vary greatly in physical appearance: thin, thick, transparent or opaque, but regardless, their chemical composition is made up of only two elements: carbon and hydrogen, which form compounds called hydrocarbons, other chemical elements found in union with the hydrocarbons are few and are classified as impurities. Trace elements are also found, but these are of such minute quantities that they are disregarded. The combination of carbon and hydrogen forms many thousands of compounds which are possible because of the various positions and joinings of these two atoms in the hydrocarbon molecule. The various petroleum products are refined from the crude oil by heating andcondensing the vapors. These products are the so-called light oils, such as gasoline, kerosine^^ncLdistillate oil. The residue remaining after the light oils aredistilled is known as heavy or residual fuel oil and is used mostly for burning under boilers. Additional complicated refining processes rearrange the chemical structure of the hydrocarbons to produce other products, some of which are used to upgrade and increase the octane rating of various types of gasolines. 1. All of the following are true EXCF.f T A. crude oil is found below land and water B. crude oil is always found a few hundred feet below the surface c. pumping and pressure force crude oil to the surface D. a variety of petroleum products is obtained from crude oil 2. The word "minute" in line 10 is closest in meaning t o _____ . A. instant B. huge c. insignificant D. timely 3. Many thousands of hydrocarbon compounds are possible because_____ . A. the petroleum products vary greatly in physical appearance complicated refining processes rearrange the chemical structure c. the two atoms in the molecule assume many positions D. the pressure needed to force it to the surface causes molecular transformation 4. How is crude oil brought to the surface? A. expansion of the hydrocarbons B. pressure and pumping c. vacuum created in the drilling pipe D. expansion and contraction of the earth's surface
5. Which of the following is TRUE? A. Heating and condensation produce the various products. B. The various petroleum products are produced by filtration. c. Chemical separation is used to produce the various products. D. Mechanical means such as the centrifuge are used to produce the various products.
Page 3 o f 4
II. Read the following passage carefully and fill each numbered blank with ONE suitable word. Write your answers on your answer sheet. (10 pts) Population growth affects almost (1 )_____ aspect of everyday life. This is (2 )______a continual growth in the earth’s population forces us to change the ways we use the land. For example, an expanding population needs more land ( 3 ) _____ housing, shops and industry. An expanding population also means that we need to grow (4 )_____ food and build more hospitals, schools and roads. But the area of land available for human use is fixed. In fact, only about one third of the earth’s surface is land, and ( 5 ) _____ one third of that is suitable to live on. For example, there are large areas of the earth (6 )_____ as deserts and polar icecaps that cannot at present support human life. Of course there are low population densities in some parts of the world, (7 )_____ in most cases the land resources in such areas are already stretched ( 8 ) _____ the limit. One immediate answer to our population growth is to (9) _____ deserts and swamplands habitable. But the long-term (1 0 )______is to stabilize the earth’s population. III. Read the passage below and choose the correct word to complete each numbered blank. Write your answers A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (5 pts) A POWERFUL INFLUENCE There can be no (1 )_____ at all that the Internet has made a huge difference to our lives. Parents are worried that children spend too much time playing on the Internet, hardly (2 )_____ doing anything else in their spare time. Naturally, parents are ( 3 ) ______ to find out why the Internet is so attractive, and they want to know if it can be harmful for their children. Should parents worry if their children are spending that much time (4 )_____ their computers? Obviously, if children are bent over their computers for hours, ( 5 ) _____ in some game, instead of doing their homework, then something is wrong. Parents and children could decide how much use the child should (6 )_____ of the Internet, and the child should give his or her (7 )_____ that it won’t interfere with homework. If the child is not (8 )______to this arrangement, the parents can take more drastic ( 9 ) _____ . Dealing with a child's use of the Internet is not much different from (^p) ^ _ % a n y other sort of bargain about behavior. 1. A. doubt B. reason C. purpose otive 2. A. always C. never D. ever B. rarely 3. A. worried B. concerned C. curious D. hopeful D. watching 4. A. staring at C. looking B. glancing at D. absorbed 5. A. supposed C. intere: B. occupied D. create 6. A. do B. have C. m 7. A. word C. v D. claim B. promise D. accepting B. sticking 8. A. holding C. followin' 9. A. rules C. regulations D. steps B. procedures 10. A. dealing B. negotiating laving D. arranging PART FOUR: WRITING ilar to that of the original one. I. Finish the second sentence in such a way that its meani Write your answers on your answer sheet. (10 pts) => The doctor reassured 1. “Don’t worry, you’ll make a complete recovery,” the doctor told me. Strange......................... 2. It may seem strange but I like stale cake! 3. No one except Jake has ever beaten me at a game of chess. Jake i s ......................... It’s In d ia ...................... 4. I’d like to visit India more than any other country in the world. So far I ......................... 5. I am on the tenth page of this letter I am writing. ■=> E verything.................. 6. We suggested a lot of things, which were all rejected. Do you ever w is h ....... 7. Do you ever regret not going to university? 8. Without this new diet, Henry would never have lost so much weight. H a d .............................. 9. Prices have increased by 5% in the last year. T h e re ........................... 10. Someone has suggested the resignation of the minister. => I t ................................... 11. Rewrite each o f the sentences below in such a way that its meaning is sim ilar to that of the original one, using the word given in brackets. Do not change this word in any way. W rite yo u r answ ers on yo u r answ er sheet. (5 pts) 1. I was strongly impressed by the performance of that singer, (made) =>................................................................................ 2. The rain was coming down in torrents, (cafs) ■=>................................................................................ 3. We get on very well with our next-door neighbors, (terms) .............................................................................. 4. Calling Jim is pointless, because his phone is out of order, (no) .............................................................................. 5. ^ fc s ^ ia tte r is none of your business, (concern) .............................................................................. III. Use the suggested sets o f w ords and phrases to w rite com plete sentences. You can make some changes if necessary. W rite your answers on your answer sheet. (5 pts) 1. E ith e r/y o u /y o u r b ro th e r/h a v e /d o /m ilita ry service. ............................................................................... 2. W e /s o rry /in fo rm /y o u r se rvice /no longer/need. <=>................................................................................ 3. S h e /ta k e /p a y m e n t/a c c o u n t/a p p ly /jo b . <=>................................................................................ 4. you / fancy / go / somewhere else I complete change? ■=>...............................................................................? 5. He I catch I red-handed I have I no choice I confess. <=>................................................................................ ____________________________________ THE END Ho va ten thi sinh: So bao danh: Page 4 o f 4
SỞ G IÁ O DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO HẢÌ p h ò n g ’
KỲ T H I TUYỂN SINH VÀO L Ớ P 10 TH PT CHUYÊN N ăm học 2015-2016
ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC
ĐÁP ÁN VÀ HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH (Chuyên)
PART ONE: PHONOLOGY
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group (5 pts) 0.5 pt for each correct answer. 1. A
3. B
2. D
4. B
5. A
6. D
7. c
8. D
9. c
10. c
II. Choose the word whose main stress position is placed differently from that of the others in each group <
0.5 pt for each correct answer. 1. B
2. D
3. D
4. B
5. A
6. c
7. A
9.
PART TWO: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the correct word or phrase to complete each sentence. (10 pts)
0.5 pt for each correct answer.
1. A
2. D
3. A
4. A
5. D
6. B
11. A
12 . c
13. D
14. B
15. c
16. A
7. Dv
\ £
/
18. D
II. Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the
9. B
10. B
19. c
20. B
s. (10 pts)
1.0 pt for each correct word. 1. inhabitants
2. im aginary
3. w ithdraw al
6. abnorm alities
7. indispensable
8. irresponsibly
4. overdone 9. differentiate
5. econom ize 10. sportsm anship
III. Fill in each blank in the following sentences with a suitable preposition or adverb particle. (10 pts)
0.5 pt for each correct preposition or adverb particle. 1.
In -w ith
2. about / over between
3.
under - on
4.
in - for
5.
in -u n d e r
6.
on - for
7 A t ó - on
8.
into - to
9.
to - from
10. in - f o r
IV. Give the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets. (10 pts)
0.5 pt for each correct verb. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
convincing I had seen is considered I to eat retires I will have saved w ere talking*/ passed did not get I w ould have returned
6. have you been I have phoned 7. Looking I gather 8. to be punished / ask 9. was filled I had been delivered 10. have finished I will be
V. Identify one of the underlined parts in each sentence that is not correct and then get it right. (10 pts)
0.5 pt for correct identification and 0.5 for correction. 1. B ■
6. A
2. c
7. c
worse lying 3. A so 4.AMartha’s 5. D pulled
8. D 9. B 10. A
zoology book your uncontrollably is should have called
Page 1 of 2
PART THREE: READING
I. Read the passage below and choose the correct answer for each question. (5 pts) 1.0 pt for each correct answer. 1. B
2. C
3. C
4. B
5. A
II. Read the following passage carefully and fill each numbered blank with ONE suitable word. (10 pts) 1.0 pt for each correct word. 1. every
2 . because
3. for
4. more
5. only
6. such
7. but
8. to
9. m ake
10. answ er
III. Read the passage below and choose the correct w ord to com plete each num bered blank (5 p
0.5 pt for each correct answer. 1. A
2. D
3. C
4. A
5. D
6. C
7. A
8. A
| 10. B
A
PART FOUR: WRITING
I. Finish the second sentence in such a way that its meaning is sim ilar to that of the origii one. (10 pts)
1.0 pt for each correct sentence. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10
The doctor reassured m e that I w ould m ake a com plete recovery. Strange as/though it m ay seem , I like stale cake! Jake is the only person/one ever to beat m e at a gam e o f chess. It’s India that I’d like to visit m ost I m ore than any other country in the w orld So far I have w ritten ten pages o f this letter. Everything (that) w e suggested w as all rejected. Do you ever wish you had gone to university? Had it not been fo r this new diet, Henry w ould never have lost so m uch w eight. There has been an increase o f 5% in prices in the last year. It has been suggested that the m inister (should) resign.
II. R ew rite each o f the sentences below in such a w ay that its m eaning is sim ilar to that o f the original one, using the w ord given in brackets. Do not change this w ord in any w ay. (5 pts)
1.0 pt for each correct sentence. 1.
2. 3. 4. 5.
The perform ance o f that singer m ade a strong im pression on me. It w as raining cats and dogs. W e are on (very) good term s with our next-door neighbors. It’s no use calling Jim because his phone is out o f order. T he re’s no point (in) calling Jim because his phone is out o f o r d e r . This m atter is o f no concern to I does not concern you.
III. Use the e iggested sets o f words and phrases to w rite com plete sentences. (5 pts)
1.0 pt for each correct sentence. 1.
Either you or your brother has to do m ilitary service. £ | Je are sorry to inform you that your service is no longer needed, s ^ ^ h e (always) takes paym ent into account when applying for a job I when she applies for a job. 4. Do you fancy going somewhere else for a complete change? 5. He was caught red-handed so he had no choice but to confess. THE END
Page 2 of 2
s ở GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO THÁI NGUYÊN KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN NĂM HỌC 2015 - 2016
MÔN THI: TIẾNG ANH
(dành cho tẩt cả các thí sinh) Ngày thi: 12/6/2015 Thời gian ỉàm bài: 90 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC (Thí sinh làm bài trực tiếp vào đề thỉ theo hướng dẫn dưới mỗi I
Điểm Bằng số
Giám khảo số 1 (họ tên, chữ ký)
Giám khảo số 2 (họ tên, chữ ký)
.V
SỐphách * (do chủ tich HĐ ghi)
Bằng chữ
n< Bài thi này gồm có 4 trang được đánh s ốí ừl - 4. Thi sinh kiểm tra số trang bài thi trước khi làm bài. ced differently from the rest.
I. Choose the word which has the underlined pa Example: 00. A. man B. bad Answer: 00. C
1. A. circus 2. A. sight 3. A. claimed 4. A. children 5. A. energy 1.
B. earth B. mineral B. walked B. chair B. eruption 2.
D. manage
C. creature C. might C. laughed C. machine c. extensive 3.
D. term D. device D. helped D. chest D. replace 4.
5.
II. Fill in each numbered blank ONE suitable word.
People have recycled materials throughout history. Metal tools......(6) weapons have been melted, reformed, and reused since they came in use thousands of years...(7)......The iron, steel, and paper industries have almost always ....(8).... recycled materials. Recycling saves ....(9).... by reducing the need to process new materials. The amount of energy saved in ....(10).... one aluminum can is equal to the energy in the gasoline that would fill half of that same..... (11).... To make an aluminum can from the recycled metal takes only 5 percent of the total energy needed to produce the same aluminum can....(12).... unrecycled materials. Recycled paper and paperboard require 75 percent....(13)....energy to produce than new products. Significant energy savings result in the recycling of steel and glass, as well. Recycling also....(14)....pollution because recycling a product creates less pollution ....(15).... producing a new one. For every ton of newspaper recycled, 7 fewer kilograms of air pollutants are pp pumped into the atmosphere. 6. 9. 12. 15.
8. 11. 14.
7. 10. 13.
1
III. Choose the correct answer.
16. She is really interested in having a Tet holiday in Vietnam,....... ? A. is she B. isn't she C. does she D. doesn't she 17. My mother asked m e......... TV too much. A. not to watching B. did not watch C. not to watch D. to not watch 18. She did not turn....... the faucet when she left for work. A. on B. in C. up D. off 19. We are....... that the people have spoiled the beach. A. disappointing B. disappointed C. disappointedly disappointingly 20. Huong wishes she........ free timeto visit her close friend in hospital A. to have B. have C. had having 21.1 will be in trouble if I .......... my passport. A. lose B. will lose C. lost would i 22. We couldn't go for a picnic as planned......... it was raining hard. A. however B. but C. because 23. At last I have found the information that I was looking......... A. up B. at C. for 24. The unit of......... used in the USA is dollar. A. currency B. money C. change 25.1suggest......................a walk in the park. A. have B.had C. to ha 26. She asked me.........I could speak other languages. A. what B. if C. 27.1am afraid that these regulations have to be...... wi A. complied B. provided 28. When Bill saw my new car, he was.......... wi A. blue B. green yellow 29. When they retired they bought a tiny.in the country. A. mansion B. bungalow C. shack 30.1want everybody to listen............ A. care B. careful C. careless ------------------------------------------------------------
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22. V
23.
24.
25.
28.
29.
30.
26. _ 2 7 '
y
_________________________
I
V
IV. There iss a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find the mistakes and correct them. m.
Example: 00. I has'been learning English for 4 years. A B C D Answer: 00. A —*■have been
A
o
31. They gave us a lot of information, most of that was useless. A B C D \2. Either my mother nor my father wants me to be an engineer. A B C D 33. Despite of the increase in air fares, most people still prefer to travel by plane. A B C D 34.1was looking forward to the film but on fact it was rather disappointing. A B C D 35. Never before have so many people in our country are interested in football. A B C D 2
31.
32.
33.
34.
35. V. Give the correct form of the words in brackets. 36. She is...........than her elder sister, (lazy) 37. Michael Jackson is her favourite................ (sing) 38. If we......... the water, we will have no fresh water to use. (pollution)
,C>
39.1don’t really think he has the..............to do this job. (able) 40.1enjoyed the book very much because it was so .......... (read)
37 /X 39 r s t
36. 38. 40.
VI. Read the following passage and choose the correct answer to each question.
“Women hold up half the sky”. This is an old Chinese saying. However, research shows that perhaps women do more than the share of “holding up the sky”. Fifty percent of the world’s population are women, but in nearly two-thirds of all working hours, the work is done by women. They do most of the domestic work, for example, cooking and washing clothes. Millions also work outside the home. Women hold forty percent of the world’s jobs. For this work, they earn only 40 to 60 percent as much as men, and of course they earn nothing for their domestic work. In developing countries, where three-fourths of the world’s population live, women produce more than half of the food. In Africa, 80 percent of all agricultural work is done by women. In parts of Africa, this is a typical day for a village woman. At 4.45 a.m she gets up, washes, and eats. It takes her half an hour to walk to the fields, and she works there until 3.00 p.m. She collects firewood until 4.00 p.m then comes back home. She spends the next hour and a half preparing food to cook. Then she collects water for another hour. From 6.30 to 8.30 she cooks. After dinner, she spends an hour washing the dishes. She goes to bed at 9.30 p.m. 41. What is “domestic work”? A. housework B. firework D. gardening C. homework 42. The average woman earns_____ the average man. A. more than D. the most B. less than C. the same as 43|In Africa, women do___ of all agricultural work. D. one-fifth A. four-fifths C. two-thirds B. three-fourths ' Wha is NOT mentioned as the work of a village woman in Africa? 44. What A. working in the fields B. collecting firewood C. bringing water home D. preparing food for children going to school 45. What is the main topic of the passage? A. Women work outside the home B. Women work in the field D. The role of women C. The work of women 41.
42.
44.
43.
3
45.
VII. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it. 46. "Do you know where Tony is?", I asked my brother. I asked my b ro th er....................................................................... 47. She didn't answer the phone because she was in the bath. If s h e .............................................................................................. 48. A train leaves at 8 o'clock every morning. There is............................................................................................ 49. You should take two tablets every four hours. Two tablets sh ould....................................................................... 50. He would prefer you to pay him immediately. He'd rath er......................................................................................
Total mark: 50 correct answers -1 0 marks The e u jS -S
4
s ở GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO THÁI NGUYÊN KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN NĂM HỌC 2015 - 2016
MÔN THI: TIẾNG ANH
(dành cho tất cả các thí sình) Ngày thi: 12/6/2015 Thời gian làm bài: 90 phút (không kể then gian giao đề)
ĐÁP ÁN
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
( Mỗi câu đúng được 0,2 điểm/10 điểm) Điểm Bằng số
Giám khảo số 1 (họ tên, chữ ký)
Giám khảo số 2 (ho tên, chữ ký)
Số phách 4 (do chủ tich HĐ ghi)
Bằng chữ
*
'
V
1
Bài thi này gồm có 4 trang được đánh số từ 1 - 4. Thi sinh kiểm tra số tờ bài thi trước khi làm bài. I. Choose the word w hich has the underlin ed p art p:ronounced differently from the rest. Example: 00. A. man B. bad many D. manage Answer: 00. C
1. A. circus 2. A. sight 3. A. claimed 4. A. children 5. A. energy
1.
o
c
B. earth
A
B. mineral B. walked B. chair B. eruption 2. B
c. creature c. might c. laughed c. machine c. extensive
D. term D. device D. helped D. chest
D. replace
4. c
3. A
5. A
II. Fill in each numbered blank ONE suitable word. People have recycled materials throughout history. Metal tools.......(6)..... weapons have been melted, reformed, and reused since they came in use thousands o f years...(7)....... The iron, steel, and paper industries have almost always ....(8).... recycled materials. Recycling saves ....(9).... by reducing the need to process new materials. The amount o f energy saved in ....(10).... one aluminum can is equal to the energy in the gasoline that would fill half o f that same...... (11).... To make an aluminum can from the recycled metal takes only 5 percent o f the total energy needed to produce the same aluminum can....(12).... unrecycled materials. Recycled paper and paperboard require 75 percent.... (13).....energy to produce than new products. Significant energy savings result in the recycling o f steel and glass, as well. Recycling also ....(14).......pollution because recycling a product creates less pollution....(15)....producing a new one. For every ton o f newspaper recycled, 7 fewer kilograms o f air pollutants are pumped into the atmosphere. 6. and
8. used
7. ago
1
9. energy
10. recycling
1 1 .can
12. from
13. less
14. reduces
15. than
III. Choose the correct answ er.
16. She is really interested in having a Tet holiday in Vietnam,....... ? A. is she B. isn't she C. does sheD. doesn't she 17. My mother asked m e ......... TV too much. A. not to watching B. did not watch C. not to watch D. to not watch 18. She did not tu rn .....the faucet when she left for work. A. on B. in C. upD. off 19. We a re .....that the people have spoiled the beach. A. disappointing B. disappointed C. disappointed!y D. disappointingly 20. Huong wishes she...... free time to visit her close friend spital. in hos A. to have B. have C. hadD. having 21.1will be in trouble if I ......my passport. A. lose B. will lose C. 1 D. would lose 22. We couldn't go for a picnic as planned.... it w; D. so A. however B. but 23. At last I have found the information that^wa: D. after A. up B. at C 24. The unit of......used in the USA is dollar. D. bank-note A. currency B. money C. change 25.1 suggest...... a walk in the park. D. having A. have B.had C. to have 26. She asked me....I could speak other languages. D. who A. what B. if C. that 27.1 am afraid that these regulations have to be...... with. D. met A. complied B. provided C. faced 28. When Bill saw my new car, he was..... with envy. D. white A. blue B. green C. yellow 29. When they retired they bought a tiny........ in the country. D. barn A. mansion B. bungalow C. shack 30.1want everybody to listen............ D. carefully care B. careful C. careless
O
16. B
17. C
18. D
19. B
20. C
21. A
22. C
23. C
24. A
25. D
26. B
27. A
28. B
29. B
30. D
IV. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find the mistakes and correct them.
Example: 00. I has been learning English for 4 years. A B C D 2
Answer: 00. A —>have been 31. They gave u s a lo t of in fo rm atio n , m o st of th a t w as useless. A B C D 32. E ither m y m o th e r n o r m y fath e r w a n ts m e to be a n e n g in eer. A B C D 33. D espite of th e increase in air fares, m o st peo p le still p refer to trav el by p lane A B C D 3 4 .1 was looking forward to the film but on fact it was rather disappointing. A B C D 35. N ever before h av e so m a n y p eo p le in o u r co u n try a re in terested in football. A B C D C ^ >
C>Y
31. C. th a t ->w hich
32. A. eith er -> neither
33. A. despite of -> d e sp ite/ in spite of
34. C. o n i- ^ i n
35. D. are in terested -> b een in terested V. Give the correct form of the words in brackets. 36. She is............. than her elder sister, (lazy) 37. Michael Jackson is her favourite.......... 38. If we........... the water, we will have no fresh water to use. (pollution) 3 9 .1 don't really think he has the.................to do this job. (able) 4 0 .1 enjoyed the book very much because it was s o ........... (read)
3 6 .lazier
37. singer
38. pollute
39. ab ility
40. re a d a b ly
o
V. Read the fo llo w in g passage a n d choose th e correct answ er to each question. “Women hold up half the sky” . This is an old Chinese saying. However, research shows that perhaps women do more than the share o f “holding up the sky”. Fifty percent o f the world’s population are women, but in nearly two-thirds o f all working hours, the work is done by women. They do most o f the domestic work, for example, cooking and washing clothes. Millions also work outside the home. Women hold forty percent of the world’s jobs. For this work, they earn only 40 to 60 percent as much as men, and of course they earn nothing for their domestic work. In developing countries, where three-fourths o f the world’s population live, women produce more than half of the food. In Africa, 80 percent of all agricultural work is done by women. In parts of Africa, this is a typical day for a village woman. At 4.45 am she gets up, washes, and eats. It takes her half an hour to walk to the fields, and she works there until 3.00 pm. She collects firewood until 4.00 pm then comes back home. She spends the next hour and a half preparing food to cook. Then she collects water for another hour. From 6.30 to 8.30 she cooks. After dinner, she spends an hour washing the dishes. She goes to bed at 9.30 pm. 41. What is “domestic work”? A. housework B. firework C. homework D. gardening 3
42. The average woman earn s______ the average man. A. more than B. less than C. the same as D. the most 43. In Africa, women d o _______ o f all agricultural work. A. four-fifths B. three-fourths C. two-thirds D. one-fifth 44. What is NOT mentioned as the work of a village woman in Africa? A. working in the fields B. collecting firewood C. bringing water home D. preparing food for children going to school 45. What is the main topic o f the passage? A. Women work outside the home. B. Women work in the field. C. The work o f women. D. The role o f women.
41. A
42. B
43. A
44. D
- H
VI. Finish each of th e fo llo w in g sentences in such a w ay th a t it m eans exactly th e same as the sentence p rin te d before it. 46. "Do y o u k n o w w h e re T ony is?", I ask ed m y brother. I ask ed m y brother if he k n ew w here T ony w as. 47. She d id n 't an sw e r th e p h o n e because she w as in th e bath. If she h a d n 't b een in th e b ath , she w o u ld have answ ered th e ph o n e. 48. A train leaves a t 8 o'clock ev ery m o rning. T here is a train th at/w h ich leaves/ leaving at 8 o'clock every m orning. 49. You sh o u ld tak e tw o tab lets every fo u r hours. Tw o tablets sh o u ld b e ta k en every fo u r hours. 50. H e w o u ld p refer y o u to p ay h im im m ediately. H e 'd ra th e r you p pai a id h im im m ediately.
Mr
A
Total mark: 50 correct answers = 10 marks The end
4
ĐÈ KIÊM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO L Ớ P 10 TH PT CHUYÊN M ôn thi: T IẾ N G ANH (ĐIÊU K IỆN) Ngày thi: 13 th án g 3 năm 2016 T hòi gian làm bài: 120 p h ú t
ĐỀ THI CHÍNH THỨC
(Đề thi gồm 06 trang) Thí sinh điền đáp án vào khung kẻ trống trong đề. Thí sinh không nào kế cả từ điến và điện o được • sử dụng • O bất kỳ J loại • tài liệu • • thoại. • Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm. Họ & tên :
Đ IÊM
G IA M KHAO 1
{Thông nhài)
(Điếm/họ tên/chữ kỹ)
GIA MÏKHXÕ KHA T -
!'ểm/họ tên/c (Điểm/họ tên/chữ kỹ)
SBD.
<<
Phòng thi so: Học sinh trường THCS:
đ
PA RT ONE: PH O N ETIC S - G RAM M A R & V O CA BU I AT>vj P n n j I. Questions 1-5: Choose the w ord whose underlined p a rt is pronounced differently from th a t of the others by circling A, B, C o r D and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (5.0 pts) 1. A. there B. appear D. prepare 2. A. climate B. comprise C .^ )tic e D. divide 3. A. kicked B. fixed C. pleased D. missed 4. A. ring B. benefit C. wander D. wonderful 5. A. slavery B. last ^ C. guest D. towards
Your answers: 1.
2
X -N
3
4.
5.
II. Questions 6-25: Circle the b e s l^ ^ n o n (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the following sentences and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (20 pts) 6. That famous b o o k _______ o f five chapters. A. comprises B. makes C. has D. consists 7. He used t o _______ his U^ing by delivering vegetable >city hotels. A. earn B. gain D. make C. get a deposit. 8. The shop promised to keep the goods for me if I ____ A. made B. paid C. gave D. left 9. W e’ll play tennis and w e’ll have lunch. B. so that C. then D. after 10. Nobody was w injured in the accident, C. were they D. weren’t they A. was he B. wasn’t he 1 1 .1 wouldn’t like to h a v e _____ a snake or a spider as a pet. A. neither B. both D. either C. nor 12. ________ being ill, she still went to class yesterday. A. Even though B. Despite C. Because D. Since 13. On th e _______ to the town, there is a beautiful wood. A. way B. direction C. street D. entrance 14. We should try to study hard t o _______ our knowledge. A. better B. farther C .lessen D. strengthen
1
15.1 didn’t
her as she was wearing a blond wig.
A. perceive B. know C. realize D. recognize 16. Women's Aid is a UK charity____ ____ aim is to end domestic violence against women and children. D. whom C. which A. who B. whose 17. Passover is also a n _______ spring festival. A. ancient B. anxious C. annual D. official 18. The two friends always b a c k ______ up in everything they do. A. each other B. one another C. themselves D. ourselves 19. Dinosaurs are believed t o ___________millions o f years ago. A. have gone out B. have died out C. have run off D. died out 20. - “I’m taking my first exam next week.” - “______ .” A. Cheers B. Good luck C. Well done D .Congratulations 21. - “Something is worrying me?” A. Well, what are you doing? B. Well, tell me w ho’s that? hat? V V C. Well, tell me what’s worrying you? D. Well, I know. 22. W ait_______ you get home before you unpack your parcel. A. during B. until C. when D. a fter 23. The hotel has been built on th e _______ o f the lake. A. border B. boundary C. edge D. front 24 . _______ does it take you to do the washing? D. How long A. How fast B. What time C. How often 25. Due to bad weather, the picnic has b e en _______ until next Siffrq ^ . A. put off B. taken off C. put ds>w^ D. switched off
<r
&
Your answers: 6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
24.
25.
III. Questions 26-35: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences and write
your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 26. Recently, health foods have increased i n _______ . 27. She presented h e y d ^ æ clearly a n d _______ . 28. N ow adays_______ knowledge o f English can be a problem in business. 29. Sorry about the m ü lfic e ^ I_______ the instruction you gave me. 30. He is interested in th e _______ of old building. 31. Housework h a s _______ been regarded as women’s work. 32. The whole country is trying to get rid o f _______ . 33. We will live happier a n d _______ life if we keep our environment clean. 34. It i s _______ of you to cheat in the exam. 35 . ________ is now a serious problem in many countries.
(POPULAR) (.LOGIC) (SUFFICIENCY) (UNDERSTAND) (PRESERVE) (TRADITION) (POOR) (HEALTH) (HONEST) (FOREST)
Your answers: 26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
IV. Questions 36-45: P u t the verbs in brackets into the correct form or tense and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 pts) - He (36. wear) ________ the same old coat since he (37. move) ________ here. - A lot of people (38. kill) ________by AIDS recently, and I wish nobody (39. die) ________ any more. 2
- After (40. stop) _______ by the police, the man admitted (41. steal) ________ the car but denied driving at 100 miles an hour. - We (42. have) _______ our house (43. repair) _________ next month. - My sister is going to graduate from Hanoi University in July. By then, I (44. complete) _______ my entrance examination. - His doctor advised (45. cut) ________ down on the amount of fat food. Y our answers:
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
V. Questions 46-55: Fill each gap w ith a suitable preposition to complete each of the sentences. (10 pts)
46. Wearing uniforms helps poor students feel equal______ others. 47. He made a good impression______ his first day at work. 48. Egypt is famous______ ancient Pyramids. 49. Where is Anna? She should be here _ now. New Year’s Eve. 50. There are usually a lot of parties___ 51. They revealed that he had supplied terrorist organization____ weapon^ 52. The certificates can be exchanged______ goods in any of our stores. 53. We plan to impose limitations______ the use of cars in the city. 54. Their stated aim was to free women domestic slavery. 55.1 think they’ve gone to the airport to see their boss Y our answers:
46.
47.
51.
52.
8
53.
49.
50.
54.
55.
PA RT TW O : REA D IN G (25 pts) I. Questions 56-65: R ead the passage cirefully, ^ e f u l% then fill in each b lan k w ith ONE suitable w ord and „. — '~i* l (10 pts) .—i i -------------------w rite your answ ers î— into the box *-~, belo
People appear to learn in di rent ways. Some people expect to make mistakes in their studies and are capable (56) benefiting frrom their mistakes. They don’t mind (57)______ corrected by their teacher and indeed often ask to be corrected. Others, (58)______ , dislii dislike making mistakes. They try to avoid doing anything (59) they might do badly. T h e ^ ^ m ^ ^ X _ perfect something in small steps and be sure they have got it right than attempt to do task (6Jf>) on a subject they don’t feel they have finished exploring yet. Both (62) learning seem to be equally valid, but a combination of the two may be the / to learn effectively, students have to remember to take risk sometimes. But jn.XIn ortk (63)______ sofetlai^^Fbrder they also hatfe to feel comfortable and secure with (64) ______ they’re doing so as not to become demotivated. All students should at (65) ______ think about questioning the way that they approach learning. Y our answers:
/ \ 6 * ^
\
♦
57.
58.
59.
60.
62.
63.
64.
65.
II. Questions 66-75: R ead the text below and decide which answ er A, B, C or D best fits each num bered blank and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 pts)
Environmental Concerns Earth is the only (6 6 )_______ we know of in the universe that can support human life. (6 7 )________ human activities are making the planet less fit to live on. As the western world (6 8 )_______ on consuming two-thirds of the world's resources while half of the world's population do so (6 9 )_______ to stay alive, we are rapidly destroying the very resource we have by which all people can survive and prosper. Everywhere 3
fertile soil is (7 0 )_______ built on or washed into the sea. Renewable resources are exploited so much that they will never be able to recover completely. We discharge pollutants into the atmosphere without any thought of the consequences. As a (7 1 )_______ the planet's ability to support people is being reduced at the very time when rising human numbers and consumption are (7 2 )_______ increasingly heavy demands on it. The Earth's natural resources are there for us to use. We need food, water, air, energy, medicines, warmth, shelter and minerals to (7 3 )_______ us fed, comfortable, healthy and active. If we are sensible in how we use the resources they will (7 4 )_______ indefinitely. But if we use them wastefully and excessively they will soon run (7 5 )_______ and everyone will suffer.
66. A. situation 67. A. Although 68. A. continues 69. A. already 70. A. sooner 71. A. development 72. A. doing 73.A. hold 74. A. last 75. A. out
C. position C. Yet C. carries C. for C. either C. reaction C. taking C. stay C. go C. over
B. place B. Still B. repeats B. just B. neither B. result B. having B. maintain B. stand B. off
D. site D. Despite D. follow D. entire D. ratta: D. product D. mak aking D. keep eep D. remain D. down .
*
p i WVJ
Y our answers:
66.
67.
68.
71.
72.
73.
70.
69 V • 1 ^
75.
III. Questions 76-80: R ead the following passage and choose the correct answ er (A, B, C or D). W rite your answ ers into the box below. (5pts)
Each nation has many good people who tak^care of others. For example, some high school and college students in the United States often spend many hours as volunteers in hospitals, orphanages or homes for the aged. They read books to the people in these places, or they just visit them, play games with them or listen to their problems. Other young volunteers work in thdyiomes of people who are sick or old. They clean up their houses, do their shopping or mow their lawns, fo r boys who no longer have fathers, there is an organization called Big Brothers. College students and other men take these boys to baseball games or on fishing trips and help them to get to know things that boys usually learn from their fathers. Some high school studentship part in helping disadvantaged or handicapped children. They give care and comfort to them and help them to overcome their difficulties. Young college and university students participate in helping the people who have suffered badly in wars or natural disasters. During summer vacations, they ^lunteer to work in remote mountainous areas to provide education for children. Each city has a number of clubs where boys and girls can go to play games or leam craft. Some of these clubs show movies or organize short trips to interest. Most of these clubs use a lot of high school and college students as volunteers because they are young enough to remember the problems of younger boys and girls. Volunteers believe that some of the happier people in the world are those who help to bring happiness to others. 7Jt&iqlmiteers usually help those who are sick or old in their homes b y _______ . nmmng the lawns, doing shopping and cleaning up their houses B. telling them stories, and singing and dancing for them C. cooking, sewing or washing their clothes D. taking them to the baseball games 77. Big Brother is _______ . A. the name of a club B. a home for children who have no brothers C. the name of a team D. an organization for boys who no longer have fathers 78. Most of the boys’ and girls’ club use many high school and college students as volunteers because A. they have a lot of free time 4
B. they can understand the problems of younger boys and girls C. they know how to the work D. they are good at playing games and learning crafts 79. Volunteers believe that _______ . A. in order to make others happy, they have got to be happy B. the happiest people in the world are those who make themselves happy C. the happiest people in the world are those who are young and healthy
D. bringing happiness to others makes them the happiest people in the world 80. What is the best title for the passage?
A. Taking care of others C. Voluntary work in the United States Y our answers: 76.
77.
B. Volunteers: the happiest people in the world Hpinino old niH and anH sick people in the tw United TTniwi S ^ ^ ^ ^ D. Helping
78.
79.
PA RT T H R EE : W R IT IN G (2 0 pts) I. Questions 81-85: Choose the correct sentence (A, B, C or D) th a t is m at ti c m the w ords given. W rite your answ ers into the box below. (5pts)
81. very/ few / airports / United States / modern / as that/Atlanta. A. B. C. D.
V ery V ery V ery V ery
few airports in the U nited States are as m odem as that o f Atlanta. a few airports in the U nited States are m ore m odem as that Atlanta. few o f airports in the U nited States are m odem er as that in Atlanta. a few o f the airports in the United States are as m odem as that o f Atlanta.
82. both / term paper/ final exam /often require / college class. A. B. C. D.
Both Both Both Both
a term paper as well as a final exam have o ft^ i required for a college class. a tem i paper and a final exam are often requiV d for a college class. tem i paper and final exam as well is often required for a college class. a term paper and also a final exam has often required for a college class.
83. people / competitive / more likely / suffer / effects / stress / health. A. B. C. D.
People are com petitive and more likely suffering by the effects o f stress for their health. People, com petitive and m ore likely, suffer from the effects o f stress on their health. People are com petitive and more likely to be suffered from the effects o f stress for their health. People who are com petitive are m ore likely to suffer from the effects o f stress on their health.
84. color/ star/ depend/ hea^ienergy / produce. A. B. C. D.
The The The The
color o f a star depends on the heat and the energy it produces. color from a star is depended on the heat and the energy to produce. color o f a slfer that depends on the heat and the energy produces. color star depends on the heat and the energy it produces.
85. those / us / smoke / have lungs / x-ray / regularly. A. B. C. D.
A
Those o f us who smoke should have our lungs x-rayed regularly. Those o f us smoke and have the lungs x-ray regularly. Th^se o f who smoke and have the lungs x-rayed regularly. Those o f us smoke and so have our lungs x-ray regularly.
v
Y our answers: 81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
II. Questions 86-90: Choose the underlined p a rt (A, B, C o r D) th a t needs correcting and C O R R E C T IT. (5 pts) 86. (A) Asking about the date of the election, the prime minister (B) commented that (C) no decision (D) had yet been made. 87. Why (A) do you think (B) you are allowed (C) to criticize me (D) as that? 5
88. Buying clothes (A) are often (B) a very time-consuming practice because those clothes that a person likes (C) are rarely the ones that fit (D) him or her. 89. The (A) fish and chips that my mother (B) is cooking in the kitchen (C) taste (D) delicious. 90. Many theories on (A) conserving the purity of water (B) has been proposed but no one (C) has been as (D) widely accepted as this one. Y our answers: 86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
III. Questions 91-95: R ew rite each of the following sentences in such a way th a t it m eans the sam e as the sentence p rin ted before it. Use the bold w ords given in brackets. Do not alter the given^ any way. (5 pts)
91. It took us three hours to find a room for the night.
(SPENT)
-» We 92. Would you rather I stayed with you during the holidays?
(PREFER)
-> Would y o u _________ ___________________________________________93. The English test was not easy enough for me to do well.
(SO)
-> The English test ________________________________ 94. The police said Jim had stolen the money.
O'
(ACCUSED)
-> The police _________________________________
Û
95. Because of his illness he could not work effectively. (IMPOSS (t nSpssiBLE) His illness IV. Questions 96-100: Rew rite each of the following sentences in such a way th a t it m eans the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given w ords in any way. (5 pts)
96. New Year comes near. People -> The nearer ______ 97. Both Peter and John Neither 98. Mary will only fo^^to )#ic party if Peter is invited. -> Unless 99. In spite of the bad weather, we went swimming. -> Although__ IM m ê is very sorry he didn’t come to the meeting yesterday. -> He apologies__________________________________
so The end c s
6
ĐÈ KIÊM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO L Ớ P 10 TH PT CHUYÊN M ôn thi: T IẾ N G ANH (ĐIÊU K IỆN)
ĐỀ THI CHÍNH THỨC
ĐÁP ÁN HƯỚNG DẪN CHẨM - Đe thi gồm 100 câu; mỗi câu = 1 điểm - Điểm cuối cùng = 10 điểm; làm tròn đến 0.25 (ví dụ: 87/100 = 8.75; 92/100 = 9.25; 76/100 = 7.75) PA RT O N E : PH O N ETIC S - G RAM M A R & VOCABULARY (55 pts) I. Questions 1-5: Choose the w ord whose underlined p a rt is pronounced differi tlv from th a t of the others by circling A, B, c or D and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (5.( 2. C
1. B
3. c
4. A
5. D
II. Questions 6-25: Circle the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete e a W ^ f the following sentences and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (20 pts) 6. D
7. A
8. B
^C ^
10. C
1 1 .D
12. B
13. A
-14. A
15. D
16. B
17. A
18. A
19. B
20. B
21. C
22. B
23 C
24. D
25. A
III. Q uestions 26-35: Use the correct form of the w ords in brackets to com plete sentences and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 W s) 26. popularity
27. logically^
28. insufficient
29. misunderstood
30. preservation
31. traditionally
32. poverty
33. healthier
34. dishonest
35. Deforestation
IV. Q uestions 36-45: P ut th ? v e rb s in brackets into the correct form o r tense and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 pts) 36. has w orn! has been wearing 41. stealing / havmg stolen
► 37. moved 42. are going to have
38. have killed 43. repaired
been
39. would die 44. will completed
40. being stopped have
45. cutting
istions 46-55: Fill each gap w ith a suitable preposition to complete each of the sentences. (10 pts) 46. to
47. on
48. for
49. by
50. on
51 .with
52. for
53. on
54. from
55. off
PA RT T W O : REA D IN G (25 pts) I. Questions 56-65: R ead the passage carefully, then fill in each blank w ith ONE suitable w ord and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 pts) 1
56. of 61. based
57. being 62. ways/types/kinds
58. however 63. best
59. which/that 64. what
60. rather 65. least/times
II. Questions 66-75: R ead the text below and decide which answ er A, B, C or D best fits each num bered blank and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 pts) 66. B
67. C
68. C
69. B
70. C
71. B
72. D
73. D
74. A
75. A
III. Questions 76-80: R ead the following passage and choose the correct answ er (A, B, C or 1 \. W rite your answ ers into the box below. (5pts) 76. A
77. D
78. B
r>'
1m V
79. D
/
PA RT T H R E E : W R ITIN G (20 pts) I. Questions 81-85: Choose the correct sentence (A, B, C or D) th a t is m ade frc m the w ords given. W rite your answ ers into the box below. (5pts) 81. A
82. B
83. D
8 4 .X
85. A ---------------
II. Questions 86-90: Choose the underlined p a rt (A, B, C o r D) th a t needs correcting and C O R R EC T IT. (5 pts) 86. A
->
Asked
87. D -» like
88. A -» i \ \
about
89. C -> tastes
90. B have been proposed
III. Q uestions 91-95: R ew rite each of the following sentences in such a w ay th a t it m eans the same as the sentence p rin ted before it. Use the bold w ords given in brackets. Do not alter the given w ords in any way. (5 pts) 91. We spent three hours finding a room for the night./We spent three hours looking for a room. 92. Would you p refer me to stay w ra lfo u during the holidays? 93. The English test was so difficult that I could not do it well. 94. The police accused Jim o f having stolen the money. 95. His illness made it impossible for him to work effectively. / His illness made him impossible to work effectively. IV. Q uestions 96-100: R ew rite each of the following sentences in such a way th a t it m eans the same as the sentence p rin ted before it. Use the bold w ords given in brackets. Do not alter the given w ords in any w a t ] (5 pts) 96. The nearer New Year comes, the busier people are. 97. Neither Peter nor John likes tea. 98. Unless Peter is invited to the party, Mary will not (won’t) come. 99^æ,Ithough the weather was bad, we went swimming. 100. He apologies for not coming / having come to the meeting yesterday.
BO The end c s
2
ĐÈ KIÊM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN Môn thi: TIÉNG ANH (DIÈU KIỆN) Ngày th i:__ tháng 4 năm 2016 Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút (Đề thi gồm 06 trang)
ĐÈ THI CHÍNH THỨC
Thỉ sinh điền đáp án vào khung kẻ trống trong đề. Thí sinh không được sử dụng bất kỳ loại tài liệu nào kể cả từ điển và điện thoại. Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm. Họ & tên :
Đ IÊM
GIAM KHAO 1
(Thông nhài)
(Điêm/họ tên/chữ kỹ)
GIÁM
(Điểm,
SBD. Phòng thi số: Học sinh trường THCS:
A
PA RT ONE: PH O N ET IC S - G RAM M A R & VOCABULARY (55 pts) I. Questions 1-5: Choose the w ord whose underlined p a rt is pronounced differently from th a t of the others by circling A, B, C or D and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (5.0 pts)
1.A. drive 2. A. laughed 3. A. crash 4. A. born 5. A. hour Your answers'. 1.
B. drink B. decided B. handbag B. robber B. honorable 2.
C. skỵ 1C. started C. dangerous c. politic c. honest
a
4.
D. ride D. invented D. sandwich D. orange D. history 5.
ion (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the following sentences TT. Questions 6-25: Circle the best option and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (20 pts)
6. All the boys are good at cooking, but_____ is as good as the girls. A. either B. neither C. every D.none 7. Instead of_____ aboutn^|ood news, Peter seemed to be indifferent. A. exciting B. being excited C. to excite D. to be excited 8. She nearly lost her own life attempting to save the child from drowning. A. at B. with C. in “ D. for 9. She was happy_____ a few of her friends sent her birthday cards. A. although B. because C. while D. so 10. D d ^ ^ ro te _____ report on the Vietnam war. A. ten - page B. a ten - page C. ten pages D. ten - pages 11. He does^iot know how to _____ the central heating so the room is cold. A. stop B. shut C. operate D. hold 12. The man kept on looking at his watch while he was waiting for the bus to arrive. A. impatient B. smart C. lonely D. quiet singer. 13. Some journalists were waiting for the A. sensible B. rich C. powerful D. famous 14. Smoking is an_____ habit. A. illegal B. ordinary C. unhealthy D. admirable 15. What a _____ !. A.new small nice house B. nice small new house C.new nice house, that is small D. new nice and small house 1
16. Don’t forget to give Mr. Brown my message,____ A. do you B. are you C. shall you 17. He spends hours______ the Internet every day. C. clicking A. surfing B. visiting 18. Horse-riding is _____ expensive______ cycling. A. more - than B. most - than C. as - than 19. My teacher can write a beautiful poem in _____ . A. little than half an hour B. a little than half an hour D. least than half an hour C. less than half an hour 20. Can you explain the difference______these two words? A. from B. of C. to 21.1 regret____you the story. I really didn’t know it would make you disappointed. A. tell B. telling C. to tell 22. I was made_____ hard when I was at high school. A. studying B. studied C. to study 23. We got on the plan and waited about ten minutes before it_____ . A. take off B. land C. took off 24. The_____ in some countries get allowance from the government. A. unemployed B. unemployment C. unemploying 25. By the time w e______there, I’m afraid they A. will get - will have left B. get - have lef C. will get - have left D. get - will have left Your answers: 6.
7.
11.
12.
* .3
16.
17.
18.
21.
22. 2 3A
D. will you D. downloading D. more - as
D. between D.toM^ D. study nded D. unemploy
10. 9
14.
15.
19.
20.
24.
25.
N
III. Questions 26-35: Use the correctlorm of the words in brackets to complete sentences and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 26. She has made a ______ decision to send her son the countryside with her parents. (SURPRISE) 27. He didn’t give any______ for his absence. (EXPLAIN) 28. The jacket didn’t fit me very______ . (GOOD) 29. I wish you every_____ ^ n \ o u r new job. (SUCCEED) 30. You look more y^^_S^fTyour new dress. (BEAUTY) 31. We found the fic\^cLshion very ___ . (COLOUR) without water for more than a week. (EXISTENCE) 32. Few peoplo^aL 33. Tourism has agriculture as the nation’s main industry. (REPLACEMENT) 34. ______ , the best thing to do is to call them before you go. (PROBABLE) . (END) 35. People like love stories with happy Your rs: 27. 28. 29. 30. r \ \ ♦ 32. 34. 33. 35. 31. IV. Questions 36-45: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form or tense and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) - It’s time we (36-turn)______ on the central heating. It (37- get)_______ colder every day. - I hate (38 - read)______ about sport, but I don’t mind (39 - learn)______ about music. What about (40 - have)______ a music page - The computer is broken. It will have to (41-repair)______ . - If she (42 - not have to)______ walk home in the rain, she (43-not catch)_______a terrible cold last 2
Friday. place at Olympic in Ancient Greece, nearly three thousand - The first Olympic Games (44 - take)____ years ago. They (45-hold)______ every hour years. Your answers: 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
V. Questions 46-55: Fill each gap with a suitable preposition to complete each o f the sentences. (10 pts) 46. Did the children account________ 45% of the total population affected the tsunami. 47. You remind me of your uncle. We used to w o rk ________ each other. 48. Take the bus, and g e t___in front o f the library 49. W e’re always pro u d ___________your success. 50. Shall we go for a picnic tomorrow? It depends________ the weather. 51 . _______ heat from the sun, there would be no life on earth. 52. My mother is very ke en ________ growing flowers. 53. We must w a it________ Friday for the final exam results. 54. What time did you arrive________ the party? 55. It was careless________ him not to lock the gate last night. Your answers:
c>
«
46.
47.
48.
51.
52.
53.
40. 3
PART TWO: READING (25 pts) I. Questions 56-65: Choose the words in the box to but
like
grow
like
from
eno
50. 55.
^
blank in the following passage. (10 pts) heat
it
in
into
Have you ever seen a greenhouse? Most greenhouses look (56)______ a small glass house. Greenhouses are used to (57)______ plants, especially in the winter. Greenhouses work by trapping (58)_______ from the sun. The glass panels of the greenhouse let in light but keep heat (59)______ escaping. This causes the greenhouse to heat up, much like the inside of a car parked (60)______ sunlight, and keeps the plants warm (61)______ to live in the winter. The Earth’s atmosphere is all around us. It is the air that we breathe. Greenhouse gases in the atmosphere behave much (62)______ the V » s panels in a greenhouse. Sunlight enters the Earth’s atmosphere, passing through the blanket of greenhouse gases. As (63)______ reaches the Earth’s surface, land, water, and biosphere absorb Jhe sunlight’s energy. Once absorbed, this energy is sent back (64)______ the atmosphere. Some of the energy passes back into space, (65)__ ___ much of it remains trapped in the atmosphere ;re by Dy the tr greenhouse gases, causing our world to heat up. Your answ swers: 56. <
T
Y
'
57.
58.
59.
60.
62.
63.
64.
65.
II. Questions 66-75: Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each numbered blank and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) English has for more than a century and (66)______ half (67)_______ called a world language. The number of people who speak it (68)______ their mother tongue has been estimated at between three hundred million and four hundred million. It is recognized as an (69)______ language in countries (70)______ 1.5 billion people live. In China, the importance attached to (71)_______ English is such that 3
a televised teaching course drew audiences of up to one million. But this spread of English thorough the world is relatively recent. In the (72)______ sixteenth century English was spoken by just under five million people. The (73)______ of English in North America was the (74)______ step in its worldwide expansion. The United States is a huge commercial market and his has tended to promote the English language in many other nations. About eighty percent of the data stored on the world’s computer (75)______ believed to be in English and nowadays insufficient knowledge of English can be a problem in business. 66 . 67. 68 .
69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75.
A. a A. be A. as A. office A. where A. learn A. late A. arrive A . lock A. has
B. more B. been B. like B. offices B. when B. learning B. latest B. arrived B. chain B. were
C. about C. being C. with C. official C. what C. be learn C. lately C. arrival C . rope C. are
Y our answers: 66.
67.
68.
71.
72.
73.
III. Questions 76-80: R ead the following passage and c your answ ers into the box below. (5pts)
69.
70. 75.
the correct answ er (A, B, C o r D). W rite
Many people now think that teachers give pupils too much homework. They say that it is unnecessary for children to work at home in their free time. Moreover, they argue that most teachers do not properly plan the homework tasks they give to pupils. The result is that pupils have to repeat tasks, which they have already done at school. Recently many parents complained about the difficult homework which teachers gave to their children. The Greek parents said that most of the homework was a waste of time, and they wanted to stop it. Spain and Turkey arc two countries, which stopped homework recently. In Denmark, West Germany and several other countries in Europe, teachers cannot set homework at weekends. In Holland, teachers allow pupils to stay at school to do th^rja^roArl?. The children are free to help one another. Similar arrangements also exist in some British schools. Most people agree that homework is unfair. A pupil who can do his homework in a quiet and comfortable room is in a much better position than a pupil who does his homework in a small, noisy room with the television on. Some parents help their children with their homework. Other parents take no interest at all in their children’s homework. however, that teachers talk to parents about homework. A teacher suggests suitable tasks for o do with their children. Parents are often better at teaching their own children. 76. According to the writer, many parents would like their children A. to do more difficult homework B. to do homework both at school and at home C. to have test homework D. to do homework at school only 77. According to many parents,__________ . A. a lot of homework has not been planned properly B. children are too lazy to do
4
C. teachers do not set enough homework. D. children shouldn’t be given marks for homework 78. Greek parents thought__________ . A. more time should be allowed for homework B. their children’s homework was useful C. their children’s homework was useless D. their children’s homework was too easy 79. In some countries, especially in Europe______ A. teachers cannot have their children do homework at weekends B. few people think homework to children only at weekends C. most people agree that it is fair to have children do homework at home D. teachers are allowed to give children homework only at weekends 80. Pick out the statement that is not true___________. A. Teachers should advise the parents about how to work together with their children at h o n ^ ^ ^ B. Only a small number of people think homework is fair. C. All parents show great interest in their children’s homework D. Children can do their homework at school and help each other in some schools in Your answers: 76. 78. 80. 77. 79, PART THREE: WRITING (20 pts) I. Questions 81-85:Choose A, B, C or D that best fits the meaning of the given sentence. (5pts) 81. I t ’s really hard to b elieve___________ A. he would say such a terrible thing B. such a terrible thing he would say C. to say he would such a terrible thing D. would he say such a terrible thing 82. Why d o n ’t y o u _________________ us? A. go to the house party with B. go together the house party with C. go the house party with D. together the house party with 83. The new teacher loves poem s and makes A. leam them heartily B. heartily learn them C. leam them by heart D. learning by heart 84. I ’ll give you anoii A. making your mind u B. making up your mind C. make up your mind D. to make up your mind 85. They are rich enough to own A. not a helicopter only, but a yacht as well B. not only a helicopter, but a yacht as well C. only a helicopter, but a yacht as well D. as well as a helicopter, not only a yacht
cT
A
Your answers: 81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
5
II. Questions 86-90: Choose the underlined part (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (5 pts) 86. Roberto always likes (A) go (B) running (C) in the (D) summer. 87. How (A) is the weather like (B) in winter (C) in your (D) country? 88. On (A) Sunday I just stay at (B) home because (C) I’m usually very tiring (D). 89. The plane delayed (A)for more than (B) one hour because of (C)the bad weather (D). 90. They are known (A) that colds can be avoided (B)by eating the right (C)kind of food and taking exercise regularly. Your answers: 86.
87.
88.
90.
89.
ITT. Questions 91-95: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any way. (5 pts) 91. The demand for tickets was so great that people queued day and night.
/Sl
/X
-> It was _________________________________________________________________ 9 2 .1
haven’t seen her for two years
(LAST)
-$The
_______
93. Now that his mother was being there, they said nothing about it. (ACCOUNT) -> On _______________________________________________________ 94. Thanks to his aunt’s legacy o f $10.000, he was able to buy the house he wanted. (NOT)
Had his__________________________________________________________________________________ 95. The house seemed to have been unoccupied for several months. (LOOKED)
It ______________________________________________________________________________________
TV. Questions 96-100: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any way. (5 pts) 96. Although Judy was severely disabled, she participated in many sports. -> Despite _________________________________________________________________________________ 97. I’m sorry I was rude to jl^Nfesterday.
I apologize ______________________________________________________________________________ 98. Nobody can deny that she has a beautiful voice.
It 99. S lic k e d Paris very little, and Rome less. -> She thought R o m e __________________ 100. Turn off all switches before leaving the workshop.
All the switches ______________________________
90 The end OS
6
ĐÈ KIÊM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN Môn thi: TIÉNG ANH (DIÈU KIỆN) Ngày th i:__ tháng 4 năm 2016 Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút (Đề thi gồm 06 trang)
ĐÈ THI CHÍNH THỨC
ĐÁP ÁN PART ONE: PHONETICS - GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY (55 pts) I. Questions 1-5: Choose the word whose underlined p art is pronounced differently from that of the others by circling A, B, c or D and write your answers into the box below. (5.0 pts) l.B
2. A
3. c
4. A
II. Questions 6-25: Circle the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the following sentences and write your answers into the box below. (20 pts) 7. B
8. c
.c
12. A
13. D
16. D
17. A
18. A
SeN
20. A
21. B
22. c
23.
c
24. A
25. D
6. D 11
9. B
10. B 15. B
III. Questions 26-35: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 26. surprising
27. explanation
31. colourful/colorful 32. exist
^ 8 . well
29. success
30. beautiful
rĩ)3. replaced
34. Probably
35. ending
TV. Questions 36-45: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form or tense and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 36. turned 41.be repaiầpd
37. is getting ► 42. hadn’t had to
38. reading
39. learning
40. having
43. wouldn’t have caught
44. took
45. are held
V. Questions 46-55: Fill each gap with a suitable preposition to complete each of the sentences. (10 pts) 46. for
47. with
48. off
49. of
50. on
51. without
52. on
53. until
54. at
55. of
PART TWO: READING (25 pts) I. Questions 56-65: Choose the words in the box to fill in each blank in the following passage. (10 pts) 1
56. like
57. grow
58. heat
59. from
60. in
61. enough
62. like
63. it
64. into
65. but
II. Questions 66-75: Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each numbered blank and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 66. A
67. B
68. A
69. C
70. A
71. B
72. A
73. C
74. D
75. C
III. Questions 76-80: Read the following passage and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D). W rite your answers into the box below. (5pts) 76. D
77. A
78. C
79. A
X
80V
PART THREE: W RITING (20 pts) I. Questions 81-85:Choose A, B, C or D that best fits the meaning ol : the given sentence. (5pts) 81. A
82. A
83. C
84. D
85. B
II. Questions 86-90: Choose the underlined p art (A, B, w or D) that needs correcting. (5 pts) 86. B
87. A
88. D
89.A
90. A
ITT. Questions 91-95: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any way. (5 pts) 91. It was such a great demand for tickets that people queued day and night. 92. The last time I was her was two years ago. 93. On account of his mother’s being there, they said nothing about it/On account the fact that this mother was being there, they said nothing about it. 94. Had his aunt not died and left/given him (a legacy of) $10.000, he would not have been able to buy the house he wanted. 95. It looked as if/»s though the house had been unoccupied for several months. IV. Questions 96-100: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any way. (5 pts) 96. Despite her severe disability/Despite the fact that Judy was severely disabled, Judy participated in many sports. 9 7 .1 apologize for being rude/having been rude to you yesterday. 98. It is a fact that she has a beautiful voice. 99. She thought Rome is even more boring that Paris (is). 100. Al the switches must be turned off before leaving the workshop.
BO The end GS 2
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN
ĐỀ K ffiM T R A K IẾ N T H T C v à o l ớ p 10 T H P T CH UY ÊN
NGUYỄN H ộ ;
M ôn th i: T IẾ N G A N H (Điều kiện) Ngày thi: 08 tháng 05 năm 2016 Thòi gian làm bài: 120 phút
ĐÊ THI CHÍNH THỨC
(Đe thi gồm: 07 trang) T h í sinh điền đáp án vào kh u n g k ẻ trống trong đề. T h í sinh kh ô n g được s ử dụng bat kỳ loại tài liệu nào k ế cả từ điến và điện thoại. Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm.
Họ & tên :
■
ĐIÊM
GIÁM KHÁO 1
( Thống nhất)
(Điếm/họ tên/chữ kỹ)
ÁM KHẢO 2
A (Điêm/họ tên/chữ kỷ)
SBD. Phòng thi so: Học sinh trường THCS :
PART ĩ - PHONETICS, GRAM M AR AND VOCABULARY I. Circle the word whose underlined p a rt is pronounced diffe
that o f the others. (0.5 pt) teacher
1 .A. dead
B .leave
c . creature
2. A. succeed
B. accept
c . a c c o u ti^ k ^
D. accident
3. A. energy
B .baggy
c . deny
D. primary
4. A. birthday
B. within
c. mouth
D. thing
5. A. cause
B. clause
c . aud:ience
D. laugh
N j r
Y our answ ers:
4. 1. 2. 3. 5. or D) Í II. Circle the best option (A, B, C = to complete each o f the fo llo w in g sentences. (2.0 pts) i= 6. They all laughed because the film was very_______ . A. amused 7. His father, A. who
B. amuse
C. amusement
D. amusing
niversity professor, is very generous. B. that
C. which
D. whom
8. John b o u g h t new dictionary, but he didn’t tell me how much_ A. did i d it i t cost CO
»
A
9
B. it costs
♦
's some iced tea. - This is too sweet
A. to serve 10.
In
addition___
B. for serving _the news,
television
c . has it cost
D. it cost
to guests, c . to serve it provides
us
D. serve with
variety
o f programmes
satisfy_______ taste. A. to/ every
B. to/ each
C. for/ every
D. for/ all
1 1 .1 don’t like to ask people for help as a rale but I wonder if you could_______ me a favour.
that
can
B. pick
A. make 12. W hen you___
C. do
D. find
the intersection of Fifth Road and Broadway, turn right.
A. come
B. get
13. I haven't seen Tom
C .reach
D. arrive
C. since
D. although
__he got married.
A. before
B. until
14. Your grandfather is rather tired so do not A. prolong
_ y o u r visit.
B. lengthen
15. The doctor told him to keep_____ A. at
D. shorten
C. delay
sweets and chocolate to lose weight.
B. back
C. up
D. off
16. They'll never_______ to get here by six - the roads are quite busy today. A. manage
B. arrive
C. succeed
D. ab
17. The meeting had been cancelled_______ the chairman’s absence. A. bccausc
B. bccausc o f
C. despite
___ an essay and_______ any mistake. 4
18. The teacher told us A. to write/ not to do
B. to write/ not
C. write/ not to do
D. to w rite/ to make
19. If he_______ the music so loud, the neighbours w ouldn’t have called the police. A. has played
B. didn't play
C. was playing
D. hadn't played
C. whether
D. what
20. She wondered_______ her only son was then. A. where
B. if
21 . ______ schooling is com pulsora^^A ustralia between_______ ages o f six and seventeen A. The/ 0
B. The/ he/ the the
C. 0 /t h e
D. A/ an
22. It is found that endanger ed species are often concentrated in areas that are poor and densely populated, such as much o f Asiaa and Àfri B. increased
A. disappeared
C. reduced
D. threatened
• *like living in the countryside,_______ ? 23. The childreni>dont A. do the children
B. don’t they
C. don’t the children D. do they
24. "I suggest fixing the dripping faucet." - "_______ " A. We will
B. Good idea
C. I'm afraid not
D. Yes, please
25. Televisions, dishwashers and refrigerators are electrical_______ . A. appliances
B. tools
C. things
D. households
Y our answ ers: 6. 16.
7. 17.
8. 18.
9. 19.
10. 20.
11. 21.
12. 22.
13. 23.
14. 24.
15. 25.
III. Complete the sentences by using the correctform o f the words in brackets. (1.0 pt) 26. Students have a________ between studying English or Russian. (C H O O SE) 27. He has overcome his difficulties with courage and________ . (D ETER M IN E) 2 8 .1
live alone and I don’t have many_ ____ . (V ISIT)
29. There should be parking spaces for the________ . (DISA BLE) 30. Robin Hood is a_______ hero who lived in Sherwood Forest in Nottingham. (LEG EN D ) 31. He was extremely________ o f her public image. (PROTECT) 32. All the________ in the conference had an opportunity to speak. (PARTICIPATE) 33. What's your nationality? - I'm a________ . (JAPAN)
C>
34. The recent floods cause____________________ damage. (W ID E) 35. The police recovered the_________ jewelry yesterday. (STEA L)
s<<
Your answers: 26.
27.
28.
30.
31.
32.
33.
35.
IV. Use the correct form o f the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences. (1.0 pt) 36-37. If I (h a v e ) ___________w in g s , I (h a v e to , n o t)___________ta k e Etn a ir p la n e to f ly h o m e . 38-39. Peter (drive)________ towards Victoria Point when he (lose)_________ control o f his vehicle. 4 0 -4 1 .1 (go)________ to Toronto last year for business. I (go)_ 4 2 -4 3 .1 didn’t feel like (talk)_ 44. It takes a long time (leam)_
there several times since then.
to hhim iri^after fte ^ what T : (happen)_ a foreign language.
45. The names o f the winners (giv (giv'
out on the radio 2 hours ago.
Your answers: 36. 41.
V
38.
39.
40.
43.
44.
45.
V Fill each gap
h a suitable preposition to complete each o f the sentences. (1.0 pt)
46. It was only _
___ accident when I found out who the man really was.
47. Next month I'm going to Scotland________ a short holiday. 48. Long skirts are_______ fashion nowadays. 4 9 .1 don’t care________ money. It is not important to me. 50. I'll be moving to a new address________the end of September. 51.1 didn’t have any money on me, so I paid________ cheque. 52. She broke the eggs carefully_______ the bowl.
5 3 .1 don’t feel well, but I don’t know what's the matter________ me.
54. Do you know any songs________ the Beatles? 55. They have complained________ the council about the noise. Y our answ ers: 46. 47. 52. 51. PA R T II - R EA D IN G (2.5 pts)
48. 53.
49. 54.
50. 55.
I. Read the passage and fill each gap with ONE suitable word. (1.0 pt) A national park is a large piece o f land in (56)________ animals are free to come a n d ^ c . Yrees and (57)________ grow everywhere. People go to a national park to (58)_________nature. M any people stay in campgrounds in natural parks. They sleep in tents and cook (59)________ food
campfires. They also
walk (60)________ trails or paths in the park. park. It became a national natior park in 1872. It is
Yellowstone is the world's oldest (61)_ (62)_
the world's largest park. Yellowstone is (63)________ for its geysers. These holes in the ground
shoot hot water into the air. There are about seventy geysers in the he park. The r most famous is Old Faithful, feet into the air. About (64)________ hour Old Faithful shoots hot water hundreds o f fe Two and a half million people visit this beautiful park each year. Visitors are not allowed to pick the flowers. s. They (65)
not feed or hunt the animals, animals,’ either. — v ^ \~
Y our answ ers: 56. 61.
57. 62.
58
59. 64.
60. 65.
II. Read the text below and circle the option (A, B, C or D) that bestfits each gap. (1.0 pt) H O LID A Y S T H A T D O N ’T CO ST TH E E A R T H The tourist industry is considered to be the world's largest industry. Before 1950 about one million people (66)________ abroad
year (67)________ by the 1990s the figure had (68)_
to over 400
million every year (69)_
f
large numbers o f tourists, however, are beginning to cause problems. For example, in the
Alps the skiers aiire de;stroying the mountains (70)________ came to enjoy. Even parts o f Mount Everest in the Himalayas
are
reported
to
be
covered
(71)
old
tins,
tents
and
food
that
have
been
(72)________ away jt at a time when we have greater freedom to travel (73)________ ever before, more and more people are asking how they can enjoy their holiday (74)_________causing problems by spoiling the countryside. N ow there is a new holiday guide called Holidays That D on’t Cost The Earth. It (75)________ you how you can help the tourist industry by asking your travel agent or your tour operator the right questions before you go on holiday. 66. A. traveled
B. came
C. sailed
D. were
67. A. as
B. because
C. but
D. when
68. A. gone
B. flown
C. risen
D. raised
69. A. Such
B. More
C. Few
D. So
70. A. which
B. you
C. who
D. they
71. A. for
B. on
C. with
D. below
72. A. put
B. thrown
C. given
D. tidied
73. A. than
B. when
C. then
D. while
74. A. outside
B. instead
C. beside
D. without
7 5 .A. says
B. offers
C. tells
D. gives
c>Y
Your answers: 66 .
67.
68 .
69.
70.
71.
72.
III. Read the text below and circle the correct answer A, B, C or D. (0.5 pt)
75.
Sc
W inter driving is dangerous because it's so difficult to know what is gcWn^ to happen and accidents take place so easily. Fog can be waiting to meet you over the top o f the h il^ £ § m iig h t be hiding beneath the melting snow, waiting to send you off the road. The car coming towards you may suddenly slide across the
V V
road. Rule Number One for driving in icy roads is to dri
ily. Uneven movements can make a car
suddenly very difficult to control. So every time you turn the
leel, touch the brakes or increase your speed,
you must be as gentle and as slow as possible. Imagine you arc driving with a cup o f hot coffee on the scat next to you. Drive so that you w ouldn’t spillint. it. Rule Number Two is to pay attention to wha lat might happen. The more ice there is, the further down the road you have to look. Test how long i r iit t takes ta to stop by gently braking. Remember that you may be driving more quickly than you think. In general, allow double your normal stopping distance when the road is wet, three times this distance in snow, and even more on ice. Try to stay in control o f your car at all times and you will avoid tro u b le .. 76. What is the w ritertrying to do in this text? A. to complain about badrwinter driving.
B. to give information about winter weather.
C. to warn people against driving in winter.
D. to advise people about safe driving in winter.
77. Why woulcSiomebody read this text? A. to find out about the weather.
B. to get information on driving lessons.
C. to learn about better driving.
D. to decide when to travel.
78. W hat does the writer think? A. People should avoid driving in the snow.
B. Drivers should expect problems in winter.
C. People drive too fast in winter.
D. Winter drivers should use their brakes less.
79. Why does the writer talk about a cup o f coffee? A. to explain the importance of smooth movements.
B. because he thinks refreshments are important for drivers C. because he wants drivers to be more relaxed. D. to show how it can be spilt. 80. W hich traffic sign shows the main idea of the text? A. Drive Carefully - Ice On Road Ahead.
B. Reduce Speed Now - Fog Ahead.
C. Drive Carefully - Road Repairs Ahead.
D. Slow Down -Accident Ahead.
Y our answ ers: 76. 77. PART III - W RITIN G (2.0 pts)
78.
79.
8
/. Circle the correct sentence (A, B, C or D) that is made from the words given. (0.1 81. my/ father/ teach/ me/ how/ use/ computer/.
A. My father taught me how to use the computer.
B. My father taught me t^ow use the computer.
C. M y father taught me how using the computer.
D. My father taught me how used the computer.
82. mother/ ask/ m e /1/ do/ all/ homework/.
A. M y mother asked me whether I have done all my homework B. M y mother asked me whether I have been doing all my C. My mother asked me whether I do all my hom ew ork D. M y mother asked me whether I had done all my homework 83. Nowadays/ children/ kept/ in/ day-care centre/ w h ila their/ mothers/ are/ working/.
A. Nowadays, children kept in a day-care centre while their mother are working. B. Nowadays, children are kept in a (Ja^Sare centre while their mother are working.
C. Nowadays, children are kept in a day-care centre while their mother working. D. Nowadays, children were kept in a day-care centre while their mother are working. 84. Ha Long Bay/ recognized/ e ijh t wonder/ world/.
A. Ha Long Bay re c o g n iz e d ^ e eighth wonder o f the world. B. Ha Long Bay had been recognized the eighth wonder o f the world.
C. Ha Long Bay was recognized the eighth wonder o f the world. D. Ha Long B ^ i s recognized as the eighth wonder o f the world. 85. my younger brother/ learnt/ use/ computer/ since/ he/ 8 years old/.
A. M y younger brother learnt to use the computer since he was 8 years old. B. M y younger brother had learnt to use the computer since he was 8 years old. C. M y younger brother has learnt to use the computer since he was 8 years old. D. My younger brother is learnt to use the computer since he was 8 years old. Y our answ ers: 81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. (0.8 pt) 8 6 .1
don’t like you to play the music so loudly at night.
I'd rather....................................................................................................................................................... 87. We can't sit on the grass because it is too wet. -> The grass isn't.............................................................................. 88. If you work hard, you will find it easy to get good marks. -> The harder. 89. Paul said he was going to visit China the following year. " ............................................................................................................
90. They sent millions o f Christmas cards last month. M illions................................................................................................. 9 1 .1 have a terrible headache because I stayed up late last night. -> If I .......................................................................................................... 92. "Don’t live in this area because it is very dangerous" they aske ->They told................................................................................................ 93. Wc were late for the meeting due to the heavy traffic. Because................................................................................................. y the truth 9 4 .1 regret that you didn’t give me a chance: to tell you -> I w ish...... 95. Nobody had invited Jane to the party, which annoyed her. -> As Jane.................................................................................................................................................................................
III. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the words in brackets. Do not change the words given. (0.6 pt) 96. "Try your best study", my father said to m e.(encouraged)
->........................i S c s . ......................................................................................................................... 97. They hav§ v e ^ f tti^ n o n e y . They are happy. (In spite of) ^ .......
98. Last year th£y painted our house, (had) ............................................................................................
9 9 .1 haven't contacted my best friend for several months, (touch) .................................................................................................................
100.
He objects to people laughing at his appearance. (being)
THE END
HƯỚNG DẪN C ^ M MÔN TIẾNG ANH (ĐIỀU KIÊN) Đ Ề K r i t M T R A K Ó ÌN T H rC VÀO L Ớ P 10TH PT C H U Y ÊN T H P T C H U Y ÊN N GU Ỷ CN H ^
Ngày toi: 08 tháng 05 năm 2016 Thòi gian làm bài: 120 phút (Đe thi gồm: 07 trang)
rN^
Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm. Tổng điểm toàn bài = tổng số câu đ ủ n q /10.
Lưu ý :- Khi cộng tổng điểm toàn bài, giảm khảo chấm làm tròn điểm đến 0,25 (lẻ 0 , 1 - 0 ,\2 2 làm tròn thành 0,25; lẻ 0,3 - 0,4 làm tròn thành 0,5;...)
^ có cách viêt khác đáp án nhung đủng ngữ pháp, ngữ nghĩa giảm i 'Ả ,u „ „ nhât „ u , và cho ^ Nêu thí sinh khảo thông diem. PA R T I - P H O N E T IC S , G R A M M A R AND V OCABULARY (55 pts)
thí o f the others. (5 pt) I. Circle the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently'yfrom that
l.A
2. C
II. Circle the best option (A, B,
3 .C
0
5. D
Ỉ V
c or D) to complete eachc\ Ojo f the ftrollowing sentences. (20 pts)
6. D
7. A
8. D
9. A
10. A
16. A
17. B
18. B
19. D
20ÍA
21 . c
12. c
13. C
14. A
15. D
22. D
23. D
24. B
25. A
III. Complete the sentences by using the correct form o f the words in brackets. (10 pts) 26. choice 31. protective
27. determination 32. p a rtic ip a ifc ^ ^
28. visitors 33. Japanese
29. disabled 34. widespread
30. legendary 35. stolen
IV. Use the correct form o f the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences. (10 pts) 36. had
3 ^ y^ouldn’t have
38. was driving
39. lost
40. went
41. have gonq
42. talking
43. had happened
44. to learn
45. were given
V. Fill each gap with a suitable preposition to complete each o f the sentences. (10 pts) n . by)
47. for 52. into
48. out of/ in 53. with
49. about 54. by
50. at 55. to
PA R T I I - R E A D IN G (25 pts)
I. Read the passage andfill each gap with ONE suitable word. (10 pts) 56. which 61. national
57. plants 62. also
58. enjoy 63. famous
59. their 64. every
60. on 65. must
II. Read the text below and circle the option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each gap. (10 pts) 66. A
67. C
68. C
69. A
70. D
71. C
72. B
73. A
74. D
75. C
III. Read the text below and circle the correct answer A, B, C or D. (5pts) 76. D
77. C
79. A
78. B
80. A
PART III - W RITIN G (20 pts)
I. Circle the correct sentence (A, B, C or D) that is made from the words given. (6 pts) SLA
82. D
83. B
84. D
r>
&
II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. (8 pts) 86. ->I'd rath er you didn’t play the music so loudly at night. 87. ->Thegrassisn'tdry enough for us to sit on. 88. ->Theharderyou work, the easier you will find it to get good ood J y S E T * 89. -> "I am going to visit China next year." Paul said 90. -^Millions o f Christmas cards were sent last month.
o
91. -M f I hadn't stayed up late last night, I w ouldn’t have a ti^rible headache. 92. ->Theytold me not to live in that area because it was very dangerous. 93. ->Because the traffic was heavy/ there was a lot o f traffic, we were late for the meeting. 94. ->I wish you had given me a chanc^to tell you the truth. 95. ->As Jane hadn't been invited to t h e r a N ^ she was annoyed.
I
2 -
III. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the words in brackets. Do not change the words given. (6 pts) 96. -> My father encouraged me to try my best to study. 97. ->Inspiteof having very little money/ Inspiteof the fact that they have very little money, they are happy. / They are happy in spite of having very little money. 98.
We had our house painted last year.
99.
I haven't kept in touch with my best friend for several months.
100. -> He objects to his appearance being laughed at.
SO GIAO DUC VA DAO TAO KY THI TUYEN SINH LOP 10 TRUNG HOC PHO THONG THANH P H 6 HO CHI MINH NAM HOC 2015-2016 DE CfflNH THUG MON THI (CHUYEN): TIENG ANH (De thi g6m 4 trang) Ngay Thi: 12 thang 6 nam 2015 Thoi gian lam bai: 120 phut (khong k i thoi gian phat di) 1. CHOOSE THE CORRECT ANSWER TO FILL IN THE BLANK (2 PTS) 1......... could only have been made by someone incompetent. A. How serious a mistake
B. Such serious mistake
C. So serious is this mistake
D. So serious a mistake
2. She insisted that the report....... as his source of information. A. not be mentioned
B. not to mention
C. not mentioning
3........ traveling is educational, it can also be stressful and expensive. A. Since
B. Providing
C. While
D. not mention
vo
D. Even
4. They arrived home only to find their house...................in their absence. A. was burgled
B. has burgledC. had been burgled
D. was burgling
5. There isn't a........of truth in his words. What a liar! A. wealth
B. trace
C. pack
D. grain
C. puppies
D. birds
6. Don't count your....... before they A. ducklings
B. chickens
7. Manlr. Should I buy a new bike or a used one? ~ D u ng : B u y ..... you can afford. A. the one whichever
B. which one that
C. those that
D. whichever one
8. D ung : “Merry Christmas!” -M a n lr. "........... " A. You, too
iW
B. Merry Christmas
C. You are welcome D. You bet
9 .1hope everything is OK. T hey........ several hours ago. A. would have called
B. supposed to call
C. must havecalled
D. were to have called
10. He^a^sa great athlete when he was younger. He now still.i f he hadn't had that accident. A. would have been
B. had been
C. will be
D.
would be
11. After a month-long investigation, the police still aren't sure w h o ........ A. is blamed by them
B. do they blame
C. to lay the blame on D. to be blaming
12. The food wasn't bad, but I'd........ to go somewhere else next time. A. rather
B. prefer
C. better
D.
liked
13. The company is famous for making sturdy work clothes that can..... hard wear. A. stard up for
B. stand up to
C. stand infor
D.
stand up against
14. Employees are advised to take.......of the changes in the company policy. A. hold
B. effect
C. root
D. notice
15. The day their first child was bom, the new parents were..........with joy. A. overpowered
B. overtaken
C. overcome
D. overthrown
16. By the time you finish your job, everyone........ home. A. has gone
B. will have gone
C. had gone
D. was going
17. T h e......... child is forever asking questions. He's incredibly curious. A. acquisitive
B. acquitted
C. inquisitive
D. exquisite
18. If you think you are right, then....... Don't let him bully you into changing your mind. A. stand your ground
B. hit it off
C. kick the bucketD. give the green light
19. At the end of the broadcast, the TV station received a.......of complaints. A. hurricane
B. tsunami
20. Dung\ "Stop talking. You are so noisy." A. Why not?
C. tornado
D. torrent
~ Manh : "....... He is the noisiest in this class.”
B. Look, who's talking C. You can say that again. D. You bet!
21. A: “Have you told your dad what's bothering you? ~ B: “I'd.....in you than in my parents." A. rather to confide
B. better confide
C. rather my confiding D. sooner confide
22..... ...is over your head is just an exaggeration. A. That this entrance exam
B. When this entrance exam
C. This entrance exam which
D. This entrance exam
K
^
23. When I decided to study two foreign languages at the same time, I knew I A. took
B. bit
C. cut
off more than I could chew. D. broke
24. My visit w as^uppos^ro be a surprise but my sister........ it away. A. gives
B. takes
C. brings
D. shows
25....... , he couldn't solve that mathematical puzzle. y^W intelligent as was he
B. Intelligent as he was
C. So intelligent was he
D. Although he is intelligent
26. The test was given..... short notice, so we all couldn't finish it well. A. by
B. in
C. for
D. on
27. Things would have been better...... to my advice. A. you not listened
B. were you listened C. had you listened
28. They will hold a party.... their son's 16th birthday.
D. if you listened
A. in recognition
B. in celebration to
C. with a view to celebrate D. in celebration of
29. Where have you been? I've been trying to get..... of you all day. A. touch
B. hold
C. contact
D. rid
30. The break-in tamed out to b e ..... because it made us more aware of the insecurity o f the neighbourhood. A. a Jack o f all trades
B. a storm in a teacup
C. a blessing in disguise
D. a matter of life and death
31. My new hiking boots will be great once I'v e ........them........... A. broken - in
B. put - through
C. taken - to
D. fixed-up
C. assumption
D. thoughtfulness
c>
32. We admire his...... to his students. A. generosity
B. sympathy
3 3........ , the meeting began. A. After we have sat down
B. All of us having taken the seats
C. Our having seated
D. Once we had been sat down
3 4........ , he tried to fix the machine. A. Not being a computer expert notwithstanding
B. Despite of not being a computer expert
C. Though no computer expert
D. In spite o f being no computer expert
35. The draw took place yesterday but the competition winne r s ...... A. are yet to be announced
B. haven't been being announced
C. are as yet to have been announce^
D. haven't announced yet
3 6 .1 had..... on my face after I A. egg
mbered the wrong day for her birthday party. sugar
C. salt
D. tomatoes
37. The tickets e
all amount o f m o n ey ........
A. off his hedt
B. by head
C. offhand
D. per head
B. taken on
C. looking into
D. putting in
C. the question
D. work
38. The ro b e rr^ s b ein g ........ A. broken out
<39. The v book* you are looking for is out of A. order
B. print
40. He was too tired to mow the lawn, so h e ...... one of his sons to do it. A. had
B. made
CHOOSE THE WORD OR PHRASE THAT PASSAGE. (1.5PTS)
C. got
D. took
BEST FITS EACH BLANK IN THE FOLLOW ING
On a yearly (1)..... , the USA is afflicted by hurricanes on the east coast, flooding in the Midwest, forest fires, earthquakes and any number of tornadoes, blizzards and storms. Historically, the weather has (2 ).... as harsh a chord in people's lives as any we feel today. Historians list the four major events to wreak devastation (3) ..... the country as the Chicago fire in 1871, the Johnstown flood and the Galveston hurricane of 1900, and San Francisco earthquake in 1906. These (4).... provide a flavor of the havoc that natures storms have wrecked on humanity, and our reactions to them. Galveston, Texas, (5).......on the island of Galveston in the gulf o f New Mexico, (6).... on industry and exports. Its over 30,000 citizens in the early 1900's were generally economically successful and comfortable with existing conditions. (7)......the ill-fated morning of Sept. 7, 1900, the people of Galveston enjoyed their life on the remote island. (8)..... weather watchers had been following a (9)....storm in the Atlantic for several days and were warning o f the (10)......danger o f a hurricane. Unfortunately, people (11).... the warnings. A day after the hurricane had hit the island, all that (12)......of the beautiful city was a mass of crumbled buildings, debris and hopeless survivors (13)..... aimlessly with the stench o f rotting flesh all around. However, a few days later, that the city was beginning to heal became (14)..... everywhere - soon new buildings were (1 5 ).... the burned, and the lifeblood o f the ravaged city was returnij. 1. A. foundation
B. theory
C. basis
D. instituti
2. A. punched
B. struck
C. pinched
D. played
3. A. on
B. at
C. with
D. fo V
4. A. dangers
B. risks
C. threats
5. A. lied
B. placed
C. located
Tk^ufct
A. flourishes
B. thrives
C. grows
D. develops
A. After
B. Up to then
C. So far
D. Until
A. Therefore
B. Correspondingly
C. However
D. Consequently
A. growing
B. enlarging
C. massive
D. stretching
B. embedding
C. intending
D. impending
10I. A. potential
. A .refused
B. rejected
ignored
12:. A. remained
B. existed
ingered
catastrophes
D. denied D. maintained
.A . wandered
B. to wander
C. were wandering
D. wandering
■. A. concealed
B. notorious
C. obscure
D. evident
C. designing
D. refurbishing
. A. overwhelming B.
IDENTIFY THE M is t a W IN EACH SENTENCE BELOW. (0.5 PTS) 1. Tropical forests exist close to the equator, which both high temperature and abundant rainfall occur all year round. A B C D 2. The Smiths are very proud of that their son always gets high marks in his courses. A B C D 3. We called the baseball park ug to ask that when the game was scheduled to begin that afternoon. * ♦ A B C D 4. The American Indians killed the buffalo only when necessity to obtain food, clothing and shelter. A B C D 5. Some relatives of mine like staving at their cabin on Lake Omega every summer holidays. A B C D 6. In the United States among 60 percent of the snace on the pages of newspapers is reserved for advertising. A B C D 7. Gilbert Newton Lewis, a chemist, helped to develon the modem electron theory of valence, a theory A B explains the forces holding atoms together in molecules. C D
8. Because of a high birthrate and considered immigration, the United States population in the late nineteenth A B C century increased tremendously from 31 million in 1860 to 76 million in 1900. D 9. For most of their history, especially since the 1860's, New York City has been undergoing major ethnic population changes. A B C D 10. Rocks have forming, weaning away and re-forming ever since the Earth took shape A B C D IV. READ THE PASSAGE AND CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWERS TO THE FOLLOW. (1PTS) Television’s contribution to family life in the United States has been an equivocal c indeed, kept the members o f the family from dispersing, it has not served to bring them together. Hy dominating the time families spend together, it destroys the special duality that distinguishes one family from
speech and action, turning the living into silent statues so long as the enchantment lasts. The primary danger of the television screen lies not so much in the behavior it produces — although there is danger there — as in the behavior it prevents : the talks, games, the family festivities, and arguments through which much of the child’s learning takes place and through which character is formed. Turning on the television set can turn off the proccss that transforms children into people.” O f course, families today still do spccial things together at tim e* go camping in the summer, go to the zoo on a nice Sunday, take various trips and expeditions. But tker>rdinary daily life together is diminished — that sitting around at the dinner table, that spontaneous taking up of an activity, those little games invented by children on the spur o f the moment when there is nothing else to do, the scribbling, the chatting, the quarreling, all the things that form the fabric of a family, that define a childhood. Instead, the children have their regular schedule o f television programs and bedtime, and the parents have their peaceful dinner together. But surely the needs of adults are being better met than the needs o f children, who are effectively shunted away and rendered untroublesome. If the family does not accumulate its backlog o f shared experiences, shared everyday experiences that occur and recur and change and i lien it is not likely to survive as anything other than a caretaking institution. 1. Which of the following
sents the author’s argument in the passage?
A. Television has negative effects on family life. B. Television has advantages and disadvantages for children. C. Television should be more educational.
A. dominating
B. time
C. television
3. Why is Urie Bronfenbrenner quoted in paragraph 2? A. To present a different point of view from that of the author B. To provide an example of a television program that is harmful C. To expand the author’s argument
D. quality
D. To discuss the positive aspects of television 4. The word freezing in the passage is closest in meaning to....... A. controlling
B. halting
C. dramatizing
D. encouraging
5. Urie Bronfenbrenner compares the television set t o ........ A. a statue
B. an educator
C. a family member
D. a magician
6. Which of the following would be an example o f what the author means by a special thing that f e l l i e s do? A. Going on vacation in the summertime
B. Playing cards together in the evening
C. Reading to the children at bedtime
D. Talking to each other
7. The thing that “form the fabric of a family” in paragraph 3 are. A. special things
B. ordinary things
C. television programs
D. children
8. The word it_in the passage refers to A. the television
B. the family
C. its backlog
D. an institut^
ano 9. According to the author, what distinguishes one familyrfrom from another? A. Doing ordinary things together
B. W atching television together
C. Celebrating holidays together
D. Living together
10. It can be inferred from the passage t h a t ^ j j e taking institution is one in which care is g iv en ........ A. charitably
B. lovingly
C. constantly
D. impersonally
V. SUPPLY THE APPROPRIATE FORMS OF THE WORDS IN THE BRACKETS. (1.5 PTS) 1. Joining this project is a ..... Just do it.
(BRAIN)
2. There are »lot of.........articles in this newspaper. Why not read it?
(NEWS)
3. My cousin is a.... person. He is aware of all the latest fashions and wanting to follow them.
(FASHION)
4. The V rglar gained entry to the building after......the alarm.
(ABILITY)
*
5. Whatever happens, don't let this failu re.......you.
6. Your carelessness may do.....harm to people.
(HEART) (CALCULATE)
7. The....listed for the pills meant that she couldn't take them because she may be allergic to some of the chemicals in them.
(INDICATE)
8. We were defeated because we were.....
(NUMBER)
9. It i s ....... summer, but it's rather autumnal today.
(THEORY)
10. This type o f ..... screen enables drivers to have a clear view even when it is smashed.
(SHATTER)
1. brainwave / brainstorm \ 2. newsy \ 3. fashionable \ 4. disabled \ 5. dishearten \ 6. incalculable \ 7. indications \ 8. outnumbered \ 9. theoretically \ 10. Shatterproof VI.
SUPPLY EACH BLANK WITH ONE SUITABLE WORD. (1.5PTS)
The human race is not the only one species o f beings in the living (1)
Many other species exist on this
planet. However, human beings have a great influence on the (2)...... o f the world. They are changing thaf environment by building cities and villages where forests (3)..... stood. They are affecting the w aterY 3 ? ^ ^ y using water for industry and agriculture. They are changing (4)..... conditions by cutting down trees in the *
forests and are destroying the air by adding pollutants to it.
S
J
It can be said that human beings are changing the environment in all respects (5).... .... their fret actions and their habits. This has (6)..... in two serious consequences. The first is that many specj^To£ animals are killed. The second is that the environment (7)...... these animals are living is (8).......destroyed. As a result, the number of rare animals are decreasing so rapidly that they are in danger o f becoming (9)....... In order to make sure that these rare animals do not disappear, (10)..... have been made to protect endangered nature. Scientists have made (11) ..... o f these species and suggested ways to save them. Many organizations have been set up and funds have been (12).... Thousands o f national parks all over the world have been established to protect endangered animals. (13).... have been introduced to prohibit killing endangered animals in the natural habitats where animals are living.
v k
If people's interference with the environment decreases, more species will survive and (1 4 )..... offspring. The earth will be a happy planet where human beings, animals and plants peacefully (1 5 ).......
VII.
REW RITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES WITHOUT CHANGING THE MEANING. (2PTS)
1. You have to accept the truth a Ii hongkjN ^ hjjFtful.
(TERMS)
Hurtful 2. The wind was so strong jJjat \%£Oudn't walk.
(HARDLY)
Such 3. You will start to ^ e l better as soon as this drug is effective.
(EFFECT)
The momer 4. My dad is now abroad and I am in charge of the office.
/as extremely happy because he won that scholarship.
(UNDER)
(MOON)
H ad ........................................................... 6. he received another letter from her as soon as he found the time to reply to her. (ROUND) No sooner................................................. 7 .1
really don't like it when you cheated me yesterday.
I'd rather y o u .............................................
(RIDE)
8. Don't make a fuss over such trivial things.
(MOUNTAIN)
D on't.......................................................... 9. We were amazed to know that he was a liar.
(UNTRUTH)
To....................................................... 10. Everyday television viewers witness some sort of violence or crime on their their screens. Hardly.................................................
r>x
THE END OF THE TEST
& A **
(G
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO THÀNH P H ồ HỒ CHÍ MINH ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
(Đề thi gồm 4 trang)
KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG NĂM HỌC 2015-2016 MÔN THI (CHUYÊN): TIẾNG ANH Ngày Thi: 12 tháng 6 năm 2015 Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút (không kể thòi gian phát đề)
1. CHOOSE THE CORRECT ANSWER TO FILL IN THE BLANK (2 PTS) 1..........could only have been made by someone incompetent. A. How serious a mistake B. Such serious mistake C. So serious is this mistake D. So serious a mistake 2. She insisted that the rep o rt........as his source o f information. A. not be mentioned B. not to mention C. not mentioning D. not ment: 3.........traveling is educational, it can also be stressful and expensive. A. Since B. Providing C. While 4. They arrived home only to find their house........in their absence. A. was burgled B. has burgled C. had been burgled 5. There isn't a.........of truth in his words. What a liar! A. wealth B. trace C. pack 6. Don't count your........before they A. ducklings B. chickens C. puppies ). birds 7. M anh : Should I buy a new bike or a used one? ~ D ung: Buj ....you can afford. A. the one whichever B. which one that C. those ths D. whichever one 8. D ung: “Merry Christmas!” ~ M anh: A. You, too B. Merry Christmas 1 re welcome D. You bet 9 .1 hope everything is OK. T h e y .several hours A. would have called B. supposed to call C. must have called D. were to have called 10. He was a great athlete when he was younger. He now s till........if he hadn't had that accident. A. would have been B. had been C. will be D. would be 11. After a month-long investigation, the police still aren't sure w h o ......... A. is blamed by them B. do they blame C. to lay the blame on D. to be blaming 12. The food wasn't bad, but I'd.........to go somewhere else next time. A. rather rete!” " C. better D. liked 13. The company is famou: ing sturdy work clothes that can......hard wear. A. stard up for and up to C. stand in for D. stand up against 14. Employees are ad e..... o f the changes in the company policy. effect C. root D. notice A. hold 15. The day thei was bom, the new parents were..........with joy. B. overtaken D. overthrown A. overpowered c . overcome 16. By the time you finish your job, everyone................................................... home. A. has gone B. will have gone C. had gone D. was going 17. T h e ..........child is forever asking questions. He's incredibly curious. A. acquisitive B. acquitted C. inquisitive D. exquisite 18. If you think you are right, then........Don't let him bully you into changing your mind. A. stand your ground B. hit it off C. kick the bucket D. give the green light 19. At the end of the broadcast, the TV station received a..... of complaints. A. hurricane B. tsunami C. tornado D. torrent 20. Dung\ "Stop talking. You are so noisy." ~ Manh: "....... He is the noisiest in this class.” A. Why not? B. Look, who's talking C. You can say that again. D. You bet! 21. A: “Have you told your dad what's bothering you? ~ B: “I'd...... in you than in my parents." A. rather to confide B. better confide C. rather my confiding D. sooner confide 22........ is over your head is just an exaggeration. A. That this entrance exam B. When this entrance exam C. This entrance exam which D. This entrance exam
23. When I decided to study two foreign languages at the same time, I knew I .... off more than I could chew. A. took B. bit C. cut D. broke 24. My visit was supposed to be a surprise but my sister........ it away. A. gives B. takes C. brings D. shows 25....... , he couldn't solve that mathematical puzzle. A. As intelligent as was he B. Intelligent as he was C. So intelligent was he D. Although he is intelligent 26. The test was given......short notice, so we all couldn't finish it well. A. by B. in C. for D. on 27. Things would have been b etter...... to my advice. A. you not listened B. were you listened C. had you listened D. if you listened 28. They will hold a party.... their son's 16lh birthday. A. in recognition B. in celebration to C. with a view to celebrate D. in 29. Where have you been? I've been trying to get......of you all day. A. touch B. hold C. contact D. rid 30. The break-in turned out to b e ..... because it made us more aware of the insecurity f the neighbourhood. A. a Jack o f all trades B. a storm in a teacup C. a blessing in disguise D. a matter of life and death 31. My new hiking boots will be great once I'v e ........them. A. broken - in B. put - through C. taken - to fixed-up 32. We admire his...... to his students. A. generosity B. sympathy C. assumpt D. thoughtfulness 3 3......... , the meeting began. A. After wc have sat down B. All of us having taken the scats C. Our having seated D. Once we had been sat down 34 .........., he tried to fix the machine. A. Not being a computer expert notwithstanding B. Despite of not being a computer expert D. In spite o f being no computer expert C. Though no computer expert 35. The draw took place yesterday but the competit >n w inners..... A. are yet to be announced B. haven't been being announced D. haven't announced yet C. are as yet to have been announced 3 6 .1 had.on my face after I remembered the wrong day for her birthday party. A. egg B. s u g a ^ ^ C. salt D. tomatoes 37. The tickets cost only a small amount o f money A. off his head > B. by head C. offhand D. per head 38. The roberry is b eiu /^ ^y . > C. looking into D. putting in A. broken out B. taken on 39. The book you are looking for is out o f . C. the question D. work A. order 4 ^ B. print 40. He was as too tired tii to mow the lawn, so h e .......one o f his sons to do it. D. took A. had^ B. made C. got
V
►OSE JH TI E WORD OR PHRASE THAT BEST FITS EACH BLANK IN THE FOLLOW ING SAGE.. (1 (1.5PTS) On a yearly (1)..... , the USA is afflicted by hurricanes on the east coast, flooding in the Midwest, forest fires, earthquakes and any number of tornadoes, blizzards and storms. Historically, the weather has (2 ).... as harsh a chord in people's lives as any we feel today. Historians list the four major events to wreak devastation (3) ..... the country as the Chicago fire in 1871, the Johnstown flood and the Galveston hurricane of 1900, and San Francisco earthquake in 1906. These (4).... provide a flavor of the havoc that natures storms have wrecked on humanity, and our reactions to them. Galveston, Texas, (5)...... on the island of Galveston in the gulf of New Mexico, (6) .... on industry and exports. Its over 30,000 citizens in the early 1900's were generally economically successful and comfortable with existing conditions. (7)..... the ill-fated morning of Sept. 7, 1900, the people of Galveston enjoyed their life on the remote island. (8)..... weather watchers had been following a (9)....storm in
the Atlantic for several days and were warning of the (10)..... danger of a hurricane. Unfortunately, people (11).... the warnings. A day after the hurricane had hit the island, all that (12)..... of the beautiful city was a mass of crumbled buildings, debris and hopeless survivors (13)..... aimlessly with the stench of rotting flesh all around. However, a few days later, that the city was beginning to heal became (14)..... everywhere - soon new buildings were (15).... the burned, and the lifeblood of the ravaged city was returning. 1. A. foundation 2. A. punched 3. A. on 4. A. dangers 5. A. lied 6. A. flourishes 7. A. After 8. A. Therefore 9. A. growing 10. A. potential 11. A. refused 12. A. remained 13. A. wandered 1 4 .A. concealed 15. A. overwhelming
B.theory B. struck B. at B. risks B. placed B. thrives B. Up to then B. Correspondingly B. enlarging B. embedding B. rejected B. existed B. to wander B. notorious B. rebuilding
C. basis C. pinched C. with C. threats C. located C. grows C. So far C. However C. massive C. intending C.ignored C. lingered C. were wandering C. obscure C. designing
D. institution D. played D. for D. catastrophes D. built D. develops D. Until D. Consequently D. stretching D. im p e n d jig ^ J D. denied D. m aintaining^ D. wandering Sj. evident D. refurbishing
C>
IDENTIFY THE MISTAKE IN EACH SENTENCE BELOW. (0.5 PTS) 1. Tropical forests exist close to the equator, which both high temperature and abundant rainfall occur all year round. A B C D 2. The Smiths are very proud of that their son always gelfc high marks in his courses. A B C D 3. We called the baseball park ug to ask thatV/hcn the game was scheduled to begin that afternoon. A B C D 4. The American Indians killed the buffalo only when necessity to obtain food, clothing and shelter. A B C D 5. Some relatives of mine like staving at their cabin on Lake Omega every summer holidays. A B C D 6. In the United States among 6%)ercent of the space on the pages o f newspapers is reserved for advertising. A B C D 7. Gilbert Newton Lewis, a chemist, helped to develop the modem electron theory o f valence, a theory A B ces holding holdin atoms together in molecules. explains the forces D C 8. Because ligh birthrate and considered immigration, the United States population in the late nineteenth A B C century increa; îcreased tremendously from 31 million in 1860 to 76 million in 1900. D 9 . ^ | r most mos o f their history, especially since the 1860's, New York City has been undergoing major ethnic population changes. A B C D 10. Rocks have forming, weaning away and re-forming ever since the Earth took shape. A B C D
IV. READ THE PASSAGE AND CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWERS TO THE QUESTIONS THAT FOLLOW. (1PTS)
Television’s contribution to family life in the United States has been an equivocal one. For while it has, indeed, kept the members of the family from dispersing, it has not served to bring them together. By dominating the time families spend together, it destroys the special quality that distinguishes one f another, a quality that depends to a great extent on what a family does, what special rituals, game jokes, familiar songs, and shared activities it accumulates. “Like the sorcerer of old,” writes Urie Bronfenbrenner, “the television set casts its magic^ n a speech and action, turning the living into silent statues so long as the enchantment lasts. The primary danger of the television screen lies not so much in the behavior it produces — although there is danger there — as in the behavior it prevents : the talks, games, the family festivities, and arguments through which much of the child’s learning takes place and through which character is formed. Turning on the telansion set can turn off the process that transforms children into people.” O f course, families today still do special things together at times: go camping in the summer, go to the zoo on a nice Sunday, take various trips and expeditions. But the ordinary daily life together is diminished — that sitting around at the dinner table, that spontaneous taking up of an ac tiv it^ ^ Jj^ e little games invented by children on the spur o f the moment when there is nothing else to do, the scribbling, the chatting, the quarreling, all the things that form the fabric of a family, that define a childhood. Instead, the children have their regular schedule o f television programs and bedtime, and the parents have their peaceful dinner together. But surely the needs of adults are being better met than the needs of children, who arc effectively shunted away and rendered untroublcsomc. If the family docs not accumulate its backlog o f shared experiences, shared everyday experiences that occur and recur and change and develop, then it is not likely to survive as anything other than a caretaking institution. 1. Which of the following best represents the author’s argument in the passage? A. Television has negative effects on fa m ilv fflt* ^ B. Television has advantages and disadvantages forbhildren. C. Television should be more educational. D. Television teaches children to be violent. 2. The word it in the passage refers to....... A. dominating B. time C. television D. quality 3. Why is Urie Bronfenbrenner quoted in paragraph 2? A. To present a different point o f view from that o f the author B. To provide an exam nlj^if a television program that is harmful C. To expand the author’s argument D. To discuss the positive aspects o f television 4. The word freezing in the passage is closest in meaning to........ A. controlling B. halting C. dramatizing D. encouraging 5. Urie Bronfenbrenner compares the television set t o ........ A. a s t a t j ^ B. an educator C. a family member D. a magician 6. Which of the following would be an example o f what the author means by a special thing that families do? A. Going on vacation in the summertime B. Playing cards togetherin the evening C. Reading to the children at bedtime D. Talking to each other
7. The thing that “form the fabric of a family” in paragraph 3 are........ A. special things B. ordinary things C. television programs D. children 8. The word itin the passage refers to ...... A. the television B. the family C. its backlog D. an institution 9. According to the author, what distinguishes one family from another? A. Doing ordinary things together B. Watching television together C. Celebrating holidays together D. Living together
10. It can be inferred from the passage that a caretaking institution is one in which care is given A. charitably B. lovingly C. constantly D. impersonally V. SUPPLY THE APPROPRIATE FORMS OF THE WORDS IN THE BRACKETS. (1.5 PTS) 1. Joining this project is a ..... Just do it. (BRAIN) 2. There are a lot of.........articles in this newspaper. Why not read it? (N E J^ S )^ k ^ 3. My cousin is a.... person. He is aware of all the latest fashions and wanting to follow them. (FAStf^feSi) 4. The burglar gained entry to the building after......the alarm. (ABILITY) 5. Whatever happens, don't let this failu re....... you. (HEART) 6. Your carelessness may do..... harm to people. (CALCULATE) 7. The....listed for the pills meant that she couldn't take them because she may be anlerac to some o f the chemicals in them. (INDICATE) 8. We were defeated because we were..... (NUMBER) 9. It i s ........summer, but it's rather autumnal today. (THEORY) 10. This type o f ..... screen enables drivers to havea clear view even when it is smashed. (SHATTER)
1. brainwave / brainstorm \ 2. newsy \ 3. fashionable \ 4. disabled \ 5. dishearten 6. incalculable \ 7. indications \ 8. outnumbered \ 9. theoretically \ 10. Shatterproof VI.
SUPPLY EA CH BLANK W IT H ONE SUITABLE W
The human race is not the only one species of beings in the mdng ( 1 ) .... Many other specics exist on this planet. However, human beings have a great influence on the (2) ...... o f the world. They are changing the environment by building cities and villages where forests (3) ..... stood. They are affecting the water supply by using water for industry and agriculture. They are chdhging (4) ..... conditions by cutting down trees in the forests and are destroying the air by adding pollutants to it. It can be said that human beings are changing the environment in all respects (5) .... their actions and their habits. This has (6)... in two serious consequences. The second isthat the environment (7).......these animals are living is (8).......destroyed. As a result, thenumber of rare animals are decreasing so rapidly that they are in danger of becoming (9)....... In order to make sure that theic rare animals do not disappear, ( 1 0 ) ..... have been made to protect endangered nature. Scientists have made ( 1 1 ) ..... o f these species and suggested ways to save them. Many organizations have been set up and fu n d ^ ls ^ e been ( 1 2 ) .... Thousands of national parks all over the world have been established to protect endangered animals. ( 1 3 ) .... have been introduced to prohibit killing endangered animals in the natural habitats wlfcramnimals are living. If people's interference with the environment decreases, more species will survive and ( 1 4 ) ..... offspring. The earth will be ^ happy planet where human beings, animals and plants peacefully ( 1 5 ) .......
d | (2) rest \ (3) once \ (4) weather \ (5) through \ (6) resulted \ (7) where \ (8) badly \ •xtinct | (10) efforts \ (11) lists \ (12) raised \ (13) \ Laws \ (14) produce \ (15) co-exist. ♦
RITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES WITHOUT CHANGING THE MEANING. (2PTS) 1. You have to accept the truth although it is hurtful. Hurtful.......................................................... 2. The wind was so strong that we coudn't walk. Such............................................................ 3. You will start to feel better as soon as this drug is effective. The moment................................................ 4. My dad is now abroad and I am in charge of the office. My dad h a s ................................................ 5. He was extremely happy because he won that scholarship.
(TERMS) (HARDLY) (EFFECT) (UNDER) (MOON)
H a d ........................................................... 6. he received another letter from her as soon as he found the time to reply to her. (ROUND) No sooner................................................. 7 .1 really don't like it when you cheated me yesterday. (RIDE) I'd rather y o u ............................................. 8. Don't make a fuss over such trivial things. (MOUNTAIN) D o n 't............................................................. 9. We were amazed to know that he was a liar. (UNTRUTH) T o ................................................................
10. Everyday television viewers witness some sort of violence or crime on their their screens. H ardly..........................................................
(GOES BY)
1. You have to accept the truth although it is hurtful. (TERMS) Hurtful as the truth is you have to come to terms with it. 2. The wind was so strong that we coudn't walk. (HARDLY) Such is strong wind that we hardly could walk. 3. You will start to feel better as soon as this drug is effectve. (EFFECT) The moment this drug takes effect, you will start to feel better. 4. My dad is now abroad and I am in charge of the office. (UNDER) My dad has put me under the charge of the office as he is now abroad. 5. He was extremely happy because he won that scholarship. (MOON) Had he not won that scholarship, he would not have been ovew he moon. 6. He received another letter from her as soon as he found the tim N ^ e p ly to her. (ROUND) No sooner had he fo und the time to reply to her letter jhan another [from her] came/was round. [?] 7 . 1 really don't like it when you cheated me yesterday. (RIDE) I'd rather you had not taken me fo r a ride yesterday 8. Don't make a fuss over such trivial things. (MOUNTAIN) Don't make a m ountain over a molehill. 9. We were amazed to know that he was a l i S ^ (UNTRUTH) To know that he told untruths was a n u x n g ¡w> us]. 10.Everyday television viewers witness some sort of violence or crime on their screens. (GOES BY) Hardly a day goes by when television viewers d o n ’t witness any sort of violence or crime on their screens.
ĐÈ KIÊM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH (ĐIÊU KIỆN) Ngày thi: 13 tháng 3 năm 2016 Thòi gian làm bài: 120 phút (Đề thi gồm 06 trang)
ĐỀ THI CHÍNH THỨC
Thí sinh điền đáp án vào khung kẻ trống trong đề. Thí sinh không nào kế cả từ điến và điện o được • sử dụng • O bất kỳ J loại • tài liệu • • thoại. • Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm. ĐIÊM {Thông nhài)
Họ & tên:
GIAM KHAO 1 (Điếm/họ tên/chữ kỹ)
GIAMÏKHXÕ KHA T !'ểm/họ tên/c (Điểm/họ tên/chữ kỹ)
SBD.
<<
Phòng thi so: Học sinh trường THCS:
đ
PART ONE: PHONETICS - GRAMMAR & VOCABUI AT>vj P n n j I. Questions 1-5: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others by circling A, B, C or D and write your answers into the box below. (5.0 pts) 1. A. there B. appear D. prepare 2. A. climate B. comprise C.^)tice D. divide 3. A. kicked B. fixed C. pleased D. missed 4. A. ring B. benefit C. wander D. wonderful 5. A. slavery B. last ^ C. guest D. towards Your answers: 1.
2
X -N
3
4.
5.
II. Questions 6-25: Circle the besl^^non (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the following sentences and write your answers into the box below. (20 pts) 6. That famous book______ of five chapters. A. comprises B. makes C. has D. consists 7. He used to ______ his U^ing by delivering vegetable >city hotels. A. earn B. gain D. make C. get a deposit. 8. The shop promised to keep the goods for me if I ___ A. made B. paid C. gave D. left 9. We’ll play tennis and we’ll have lunch. B. so that C. then D. after 10. Nobody w was injured in the accident, C. were they D. weren’t they A. was he B. wasn’t he 11.1 wouldn’t like to have____ a snake or a spider as a pet. A. neither B. both D. either C. nor 12. _______ being ill, she still went to class yesterday. A. Even though B. Despite C. Because D. Since 13. On the______ to the town, there is a beautiful wood. A. way B. direction C. street D. entrance 14. We should try to study hard to ______ our knowledge. A. better B. farther C.lessen D. strengthen 1
15.1 didn’t her as she was wearing a blond wig. A. perceive B. know C. realize D. recognize 16. Women's Aid is a UK charity____ ____ aim is to end domestic violence against women and children. D. whom C. which A. who B. whose 17. Passover is also an______ spring festival. A. ancient B. anxious C. annual D. official 18. The two friends always back_____ up in everything they do. A. each other B. one another C. themselves D. ourselves 19. Dinosaurs are believed to _________ millions of years ago. A. have gone out B. have died out C. have run off D. died out 20. —“I’m taking my first exam next week.” - “_____ .” A. Cheers B. Good luck C. Well done D.Congratulations 21. —“Something is worrying me?” A. Well, what are you doing? B. Well, tell me who’s that? hat?V V C. Well, tell me what’s worrying you? D. Well, I know. 22. Wait______ you get home before you unpack your parcel. A. during B. until C. when D. after 23. The hotel has been built on the______ of the lake. A. border B. boundary C. edge D. front 24. ______ does it take you to do the washing? D. How long A. How fast B. What time C. How often 25. Due to bad weather, the picnic has been______ until next Siffrq ^ . A. put off B. taken off C. put ds>w^ D. switched off
<r
&
Y our answers:
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
24.
25.
III. Q uestions 26-35: Use the correct form of the w ords in brackets to com plete sentences and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (10 pts)
26. Recently, health foods have increased in ______ . 27. She presented heyd^æ clearly and______ . 28. Nowadays______ knowledge of English can be a problem in business. 29. Sorry about the m ülfice^I______ the instruction you gave me. 30. He is interested in the______ of old building. 31. Housework has______ been regarded as women’s work. 32. The whole country is trying to get rid of______ . 33. We will live happier and______ life if we keep our environment clean. 34. It is ______ of you to cheat in the exam. 35. _______ is now a serious problem in many countries.
(POPULAR) (LOGIC) (SUFFICIENCY) (UNDERSTAND) (PRESERVE) (TRADITION) (POOR) (HEALTH) (HONEST) (FOREST)
Y our answers:
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
IV. Questions 36-45: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form or tense and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) - He (36. wear)_______ the same old coat since he (37. move)_______ here. - A lot of people (38. kill)_______by AIDS recently, and I wish nobody (39. die)_______ any more. 2
- After (40. stop)_______by the police, the man admitted (41. steal)_______ the car but denied driving at 100 miles an hour. - We (42. have)______ our house (43. repair)________next month. - My sister is going to graduate from Hanoi University in July. By then, I (44. complete) ______ my entrance examination. - His doctor advised (45. cut)_______ down on the amount of fat food. Your answers: 36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
V. Questions 46-55: Fill each gap with a suitable preposition to complete each of the sentences. (10 pts) 46. Wearing uniforms helps poor students feel eq u al_______ others. 47. He made a good im pression_______ his first day at work. 48. Egypt is fam ous_______ ancient Pyramids. 49. Where is Anna? She should be here _ now. New Y ear’s Eve. 50. There are usually a lot o f parties____ 51. They revealed that he had supplied terrorist organization_____ weapon^ 52. The certificates can be exchanged_______ goods in any o f our stores. 53. We plan to impose lim itations_______ the use of cars in the city. 54. Their stated aim was to free women domestic slavery. 5 5 .1 think they’ve gone to the airport to see their boss
Your answers: 46.
47.
51.
52.
8
53.
49.
50.
54.
55.
PART TWO: READING (25 pts) I. Questions 56-65: Read the passage c^eful% irefully, then fill in each blank with ONE suitable word and „.— ~i*l (10 pts) .—ii------------------î— write your answers into the box*-~,' belo People appear to learn in di rent ways. Some people expect to make mistakes in their studies and rom their mistakes. They don’t mind (5 7 )_______ corrected by their are capable (56) benefiting fin teacher and indeed often ask to be corrected. Others, (5 8 )_______ , dislii dislike making mistakes. They try to avoid doing anything (59) they might do badly. T h e ^ ^ m ^ ^ X _ perfect something in small steps and be sure they have got it right than attempt to do task (6Jt) on a subject they don’t feel they have finished exploring yet. Both (62) learning seem to be equally valid, but a combination o f the two may be the jn. In ordi. to learn effectively, students have to remember to take risk sometimes. But (6 3 )_______ sofetlai^^Fbrder they also hatfe to feel comfortable and secure with (64) _______ they’re doing so as not to become demotivated. All students should at (65) _______ think about questioning the way that they approach learning.
X/
Your answers: /
\
6 * ^
\
♦
57.
58.
59.
60.
62.
63.
64.
65.
II. Questions 66-75: Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each numbered blank and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts)
Environmental Concerns Earth is the only (66)______ we know of in the universe that can support human life. (67)_______ human activities are making the planet less fit to live on. As the western world (68)______ on consuming two-thirds of the world's resources while half of the world's population do so (69)______ to stay alive, we are rapidly destroying the very resource we have by which all people can survive and prosper. Everywhere 3
fertile soil is (70)______ built on or washed into the sea. Renewable resources are exploited so much that they will never be able to recover completely. We discharge pollutants into the atmosphere without any thought of the consequences. As a (71)______ the planet's ability to support people is being reduced at the very time when rising human numbers and consumption are (72)______ increasingly heavy demands on it. The Earth's natural resources are there for us to use. We need food, water, air, energy, medicines, warmth, shelter and minerals to (73)______ us fed, comfortable, healthy and active. If we are sensible in how we use the resources they will (74)______ indefinitely. But if we use them wastefully and excessively they will soon run (75)______ and everyone will suffer. 66. A. 67. A. 68. A. 69. A. 70. A. 71. A. 72. A. 7 3 .A. 74. A. 75. A.
situation Although continues already sooner development doing hold last out
C. C. C. C. C. C. C. C. C. C.
B. place B. Still B. repeats B. just B. neither B. result B. having B. maintain B. stand B. off
Your answers: 66.
67.
68.
71.
72.
73.
position Yet carries for either reaction taking stay go over
*
D. D. D. D. D. D.. D. D. D. D.
site Despite follow entire ra tta : p i WVJ product mak aking keep eep remain down
70. 69 V • 1 ^
75.
III. Questions 76-80: Read the following passage and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D). Write your answers into the box below. (5pts) Each nation has many good people who tak^care o f others. For example, some high school and college students in the United States often spend many hours as volunteers in hospitals, orphanages or homes for the aged. They read books to the people in these places, or they just visit them, play games with them or listen to their problems. Other young volunteers work in thdyiomes o f people who are sick or old. They clean up their houses, do their shopping or mow their lawns, f o r boys who no longer have fathers, there is an organization called Big Brothers. College students and other men take these boys to baseball games or on fishing trips and help them to get to know things that boys usually learn from their fathers. Some high school s tu d e n ts h ip part in helping disadvantaged or handicapped children. They give care and comfort to them and help them to overcome their difficulties. Young college and university students participate in helping the people who have suffered badly in wars or natural disasters. During summer vacations, they ^ lu n te e r to work in remote mountainous areas to provide education for children. Each city has a number o f clubs where boys and girls can go to play games or leam craft. Some of these clubs show movies or organize short trips to interest. Most o f these clubs use a lot o f high school and college students as volunteers because they are young enough to remember the problems o f younger boys and girls. Volunteers believe that some o f the happier people in the world are those who help to bring happiness to others.
7Jt&iqlmiteers usually help those who are sick or old in their homes by______ . nwmng the lawns, doing shopping and cleaning up their houses B. telling them stories, and singing and dancing for them C. cooking, sewing or washing their clothes
D. taking them to the baseball games 77. Big Brother is ______ . A. the name of a club B. a home for children who have no brothers C. the name of a team D. an organization for boys who no longer have fathers 78. Most of the boys’ and girls’ club use many high school and college students as volunteers because A. they have a lot of free time 4
B. they can understand the problems of younger boys and girls C. they know how to the work D. they are good at playing games and learning crafts 79. Volunteers believe that______ . A. in order to make others happy, they have got to be happy B. the happiest people in the world are those who make themselves happy C. the happiest people in the world are those who are young and healthy D. bringing happiness to others makes them the happiest people in the world 80. What is the best title for the passage? A. Taking care of others B. Volunteers: the happiest people in the world C. Voluntary work in the United States Hpinino old niH and anH sick people in the tw United TTniwi D. Helping Your answers: 76.
77.
78.
^
79.
PA RT T H R EE : W R IT IN G (20 pts) I. Questions 81-85: Choose the correct sentence (A, B, C or D) th a t is m at ti c m the words given. W rite your answ ers into the box below. (5pts)
81. very/ few / airports / United States / modern / as that/Atlanta. A. Very few airports in the United States are as modem as that o f Atlanta. B. Very a few airports in the United States are more modem as that Atlanta. C. Very few o f airports in the United States are modemer as that in Atlanta. D. Very a few o f the airports in the United States are as modem as that o f Atlanta.
82. both / term paper/ final exam /often require / college class. A. Both a term paper as well as a final exam have o ft^i required for a college class. B. Both a temi paper and a final exam are often requiVd for a college class. C. Both temi paper and final exam as well is often required for a college class. D. Both a term paper and also a final exam has often required for a college class.
83. people / competitive / more likely / suffer / effects / stress / health. A . People are competitive and more likely suffering by the effects o f stress for their health. B. People, competitive and more likely, suffer from the effects o f stress on their health. C. People are competitive and more likely to be suffered from the effects o f stress for their health. D. People who are competitive are more likely to suffer from the effects o f stress on their health.
84. color/ star/ depend/ hea^ienergy / produce. A. B. C. D.
The color of a star depends on the heat and the energy it produces. The color from a star is depended on the heat and the energy to produce. The color o f a stfer that depends on the heat and the energy produces. The color star depends on the heat and the energy it produces.
85. those / us / smoke / have lungs / x-ray / regularly. A. B. C. D.
A
Those o f us who smoke should have our lungs x-rayed regularly. Those o f us smoke and have the lungs x-ray regularly. Th^se o f ib who smoke and have the lungs x-rayed regularly. Those o f us smoke and so have our lungs x-ray regularly.
v
Y our answers:
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
II. Questions 86-90: Choose the underlined part (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting and CORRECT IT. (5 pts) 86. (A) Asking about the date of the election, the prime minister (B) commented that (C) no decision (D) had yet been made. 87. Why (A) do you think (B) you are allowed (C) to criticize me (D) as that? 5
88. Buying clothes (A) are often (B) a very time-consuming practice because those clothes that a person likes (C) are rarely the ones that fit (D) him or her. 89. The (A) fish and chips that my mother (B) is cooking in the kitchen (C) taste (D) delicious. 90. Many theories on (A) conserving the purity of water (B) has been proposed but no one (C) has been as (D) widely accepted as this one. Your answers: 86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
III. Questions 91-95: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given^ any way. (5 pts) 91. It took us three hours to find a room for the night.
(SPENT)
-» We 92. Would you rather I stayed with you during the holidays?
(PREFER)
-> Would y o u _________ ___________________________________________93. The English test was not easy enough for me to do well.
(SO)
-> The English test ________________________________
O'
94. The police said Jim had stolen the money. (ACCUSED)
-> The police _________________________________
Û
95. Because o f his illness he could not work effectively. (IMPOSS (iM^pssiBLE)
His illness IV. Questions 96-100: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any way. (5 pts) 96. New Year comes near. People
-> The nearer ______ 97. Both Peter and John
Neither 98. Mary will only f o ^ ^ to )#ic party if Peter is invited.
-> Unless 99. In spite of the bad weather, we went swimming.
-> Although__ I M m ê is very sorry he didn’t come to the meeting yesterday.
-> He apologies__________________________________
so The end c s
6
ĐÈ KIÊM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH (ĐIÊU KIỆN)
ĐỀ THI CHÍNH THỨC
ĐÁP ÁN HƯỚNG DẪN CHẨM - Đe thi gồm 100 câu; mỗi câu = 1 điểm - Điểm cuối cùng = 10 điểm; làm tròn đến 0.25 (ví dụ: 87/100 = 8.75; 92/100 = 9.25; 76/100 = 7.75) PART ONE: PHONETICS - GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY (55 pts) I. Questions 1-5: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differi tlv from that of the others by circling A, B, c or D and write your answers into the box below. (5.( 1. B
2
.c
3. c
4. A
5. D
II. Questions 6-25: Circle the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete eaW ^f the following sentences and write your answers into the box below. (20 pts) 6. D
7. A
8. B
^C^
11.D
12. B
13. A
*14. A
15. D
16. B
17. A
18. A
19. B
20. B
.c
22. B
23
c
24. D
25. A
2 1
10
.c
III. Questions 26-35: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences and write your answers into the box below. (10 Ws) 26. popularity
27. logically^
28. insufficient
29. misunderstood
30. preservation
31. traditionally
32. poverty
33. healthier
34. dishonest
35. Deforestation
IV. Questions 36-45: Put th^verbs in brackets into the correct form or tense and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 36. has worn! has been wearing 41. stealing / havmg stolen
► 37. moved
38. have killed 42. are going to 43. repaired have
been 39. would die 44. will completed
40. being stopped have 45. cutting
istions 46-55: Fill each gap with a suitable preposition to complete each of the sentences. (10 pts) 46. to
47. on
48. for
49. by
50. on
51 .with
52. for
53. on
54. from
55. off
PART TWO: READING (25 pts) I. Questions 56-65: Read the passage carefully, then fill in each blank with ONE suitable word and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 1
56. of 61. based
57. being 62. ways/types/kinds
58. however 63. best
59. which/that 64. what
60. rather 65. least/times
II. Questions 66-75: Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each numbered blank and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 66. B
67. C
68. C
69. B
70. C
71. B
72. D
73. D
74. A
75. A
III. Questions 76-80: Read the following passage and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or your answers into the box below. (5pts) 76. A
77. D
78. B
Write
r>'
1mV
79. D
/
PART THREE: WRITING (20 pts) I. Questions 81-85: Choose the correct sentence (A, B, C or D) that is made frc m the words given. Write your answers into the box below. (5pts) 81. A
82. B
8 4 .X
83. D
85. A ---------------
II. Questions 86-90: Choose the underlined part (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting and CORRECT IT. (5 pts) 86. A -> Asked 87. D -» like
88. A
i \ \
about
89. C -> tastes
90. B have been proposed
III. Questions 91-95: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any way. (5 pts) 91. We spent three hours finding a room for the night./We spent three hours looking for a room. 92. Would you prefer me to stay wralfou during the holidays? 93. The English test was so difficult that I could not do it well. 94. The police accused Jim of having stolen the money. 95. His illness made it impossible for him to work effectively. / His illness made him impossible to work effectively. IV. Questions 96-100: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any w a t](5 pts) 96. The nearer New Year comes, the busier people are. 97. Neither Peter nor John likes tea. 98. Unless Peter is invited to the party, Mary will not (won’t) come. 99^æ,Ithough the weather was bad, we went swimming. 100.He apologies for not coming / having come to the meeting yesterday.
BO The end c s
2
ĐÈ KIÊM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN Môn thi: TIÉNG ANH (DIÈU KIỆN) Ngày th i:__ tháng 4 năm 2016 Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút (Đề thi gồm 06 trang)
ĐÈ THI CHÍNH THỨC
Thỉ sinh điền đáp án vào khung kẻ trống trong đề. Thí sinh không được sử dụng bất kỳ loại tài liệu nào kể cả từ điển và điện thoại. Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm. Họ & tên :
Đ IÊM
GIAM KHAO 1
(Thông nhài)
(Điêm/họ tên/chữ kỹ)
GIÁM
(Điểm,
SBD. Phòng thi số: Học sinh trường THCS:
A
PA RT ONE: PH O N ET IC S - G RAM M A R & VOCABULARY (55 pts) I. Questions 1-5: Choose the w ord whose underlined p a rt is pronounced differently from th a t of the others by circling A, B, C or D and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (5.0 pts)
1.A. drive 2. A. laughed 3. A. crash 4. A. born 5. A. hour Your answers'. 1.
B. drink B. decided B. handbag B. robber B. honorable 2.
C. sky 1C. started C. dangerous C. politic C. honest
a
4.
D. ride D. invented D. sandwich D. orange D. history 5.
ion (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the following sentences TT. Questions 6-25: Circle the best option and w rite your answ ers into the box below. (20 pts)
6. All the boys are good at cooking, but_____ is as good as the girls. A. either B. neither C. every D.none 7. Instead of_____ aboutn^food news, Peter seemed to be indifferent. A. exciting B. being excited C. to excite D. to be excited 8. She nearly lost her own life attempting to save the child from drowning. A. at B. with C. in “ D. for 9. She was happy_____ a few of her friends sent her birthday cards. A. although B. because C. while D. so 10. D d ^ ^ ro te _____ report on the Vietnam war. A. ten - page B. a ten - page C. ten pages D. ten - pages 11. He does^iot know how to _____ the central heating so the room is cold. A. stop B. shut C. operate D. hold 12. The man kept on looking at his watch while he was waiting for the bus to arrive. A. impatient B. smart C. lonely D. quiet singer. 13. Some journalists were waiting for the A. sensible B. rich C. powerful D. famous 14. Smoking is an_____ habit. C. unhealthy D. admirable A. illegal B. ordinary 15. What a _____ !. A.new small nice house B. nice small new house C.new nice house, that is small D. new nice and small house 1
16. Don’t forget to give Mr. Brown my message,____ A. do you B. are you 17. He spends hours______ the Internet every day. A. surfing B. visiting 18. Horse-riding is _____ expensive______ cycling. A. more - than B. most - than 19. My teacher can write a beautiful poem in _____ . A. little than half an hour C. less than half an hour
C. shall you
D. will you
C. clicking
D. downloading
C. as - than
D. more - as
B. a little than half an hour
D. least than half an hour 20. Can you explain the difference______ these two words? A. from B. o f C. to 21.1 regret____ you the story. I really didn’t know it would make you disappointed. A. tell B. telling C. to tell 22. I was m ade______ hard when I was at high school. A. studying B. studied C. to study 23. We got on the plan and waited about ten minutes before i t ______ . A. take off B. land C. took off 24. T h e______ in some countries get allowance from the government. A. unemployed B. unemployment C. unemploying 25. By the time w e ______ there, I’m afraid they A. will get - will have left B. get - have lef C. will get - have left D. get - will have left
Your answers: 6.
7.
11.
12.
* .3
16.
17.
18.
21.
22. 2 3A
D. between
D.toM^ D. study nded D. unemploy
10. 9
14.
15.
19.
20.
24.
25.
N
III. Questions 26-35: Use the correctlorm of the words in brackets to complete sentences and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 26. She has made a _______ decision to send her son the countryside with her parents. (SURPRISE) 27. He didn’t give a n y _______ for his absence. (EXPLAIN) 28. The jacket didn’t fit me v e ry _______ . (GOOD) 29. I wish you every ______ ^ n \ o u r new job. (SUCCEED) 30. You look more y ^^_ S ^fT y o u r new dress. (BEAUTY) 31. We found the fic\^?Lshion very ____. (COLOUR) without water for more than a week. (EXISTENCE) 32. Few peoplo^aL 33. Tourism has agriculture as the nation’s main industry. (REPLACEMENT) 34. _______ , the best thing to do is to call them before you go. (PROBABLE) . (END) 35. People like love stories with happy Your rs: 27. 28. 29. 30. r \ \ ♦ 32. 34. 31. 33. 35.
IV. Questions 36-45: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form or tense and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) - It’s time we (36-turn)______ on the central heating. It (37- get)_______ colder every day. - I hate (38 - read)______ about sport, but I don’t mind (39 - learn)______ about music. What about (40 - have)______ a music page - The computer is broken. It will have to (41-repair)______ . - If she (42 - not have to)______ walk home in the rain, she (43-not catch)_______a terrible cold last 2
Friday. place at Olympic in Ancient Greece, nearly three thousand - The first Olympic Games (44 - take)____ years ago. They (45-hold)______ every hour years. Your answers: 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
V. Questions 46-55: Fill each gap with a suitable preposition to complete each o f the sentences. (10 pts) 46. Did the children account________ 45% of the total population affected the tsunami. 47. You remind me of your uncle. We used to w o rk ________ each other. 48. Take the bus, and g e t___in front o f the library 49. W e’re always pro u d ___________your success. 50. Shall we go for a picnic tomorrow? It depends________ the weather. 51 . _______ heat from the sun, there would be no life on earth. 52. My mother is very ke en ________ growing flowers. 53. We must w a it________ Friday for the final exam results. 54. What time did you arrive________ the party? 55. It was careless________ him not to lock the gate last night. Your answers:
c>
«
46.
47.
48.
51.
52.
53.
40. 3
PART TWO: READING (25 pts) I. Questions 56-65: Choose the words in the box to but
like
grow
like
from
eno
50. 55.
^
blank in the following passage. (10 pts) heat
it
in
into
Have you ever seen a greenhouse? Most greenhouses look (56)______ a small glass house. Greenhouses are used to (57)______ plants, especially in the winter. Greenhouses work by trapping (58)_______ from the sun. The glass panels of the greenhouse let in light but keep heat (59)______ escaping. This causes the greenhouse to heat up, much like the inside of a car parked (60)______ sunlight, and keeps the plants warm (61)______ to live in the winter. The Earth’s atmosphere is all around us. It is the air that we breathe. Greenhouse gases in the atmosphere behave much (62)______ the V » s panels in a greenhouse. Sunlight enters the Earth’s atmosphere, passing through the blanket of greenhouse gases. As (63)______ reaches the Earth’s surface, land, water, and biosphere absorb Jhe sunlight’s energy. Once absorbed, this energy is sent back (64)______ the atmosphere. Some of the energy passes back into space, (65)__ ___ much of it remains trapped in the ;re by Dy the tr greenhouse gases, causing our world to heat up. atmosphere Your answ swers: 56. <
T
Y
'
57.
58.
59.
60.
62.
63.
64.
65.
II. Questions 66-75: Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each numbered blank and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) English has for more than a century and (66)______ half (67)_______ called a world language. The number of people who speak it (68)______ their mother tongue has been estimated at between three hundred million and four hundred million. It is recognized as an (69)______ language in countries (70)______ 1.5 billion people live. In China, the importance attached to (71)_______ English is such that 3
a televised teaching course drew audiences of up to one million. But this spread of English thorough the world is relatively recent. In the (72)______ sixteenth century English was spoken by just under five million people. The (73)______ of English in North America was the (74)______ step in its worldwide expansion. The United States is a huge commercial market and his has tended to promote the English language in many other nations. About eighty percent of the data stored on the world’s computer (75)______ believed to be in English and nowadays insufficient knowledge of English can be a problem in business. 66 .
67. 68 .
69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75.
A. a A. be A. as A. office A. where A. learn A. late A. arrive A . lock A. has
B. more B. been B. like B. offices B. when B. learning B. latest B. arrived B. chain B. were
C. about C. being C. with C. official C. what C. be learn C. lately C. arrival C . rope C. are
Y our answers:
66.
67.
68.
71.
72.
73.
III. Questions 76-80: R ead the following passage and c your answ ers into the box below. (5pts)
69.
70. 75.
the correct answ er (A, B, C o r D). W rite
Many people now think that teachers give pupils too much homework. They say that it is unnecessary for children to work at home in their free time. Moreover, they argue that most teachers do not properly plan the homework tasks they give to pupils. The result is that pupils have to repeat tasks, which they have already done at school. Recently many parents complained about the difficult homework which teachers gave to their children. The Greek parents said that most of the homework was a waste of time, and they wanted to stop it. Spain and Turkey arc two countries, which stopped homework rcccntly. In Denmark, West Germany and several other countries in Europe, teachers cannot set homework at weekends. In Holland, teachers allow pupils to stay at school to do t h ^ r j a T h e children are free to help one another. Similar arrangements also exist in some British schools. Most people agree that homework is unfair. A pupil who can do his homework in a quiet and comfortable room is in a much better position than a pupil who does his homework in a small, noisy room with the television on. Some parents help their children with their homework. Other parents take no interest at all in their children’s homework. however, that teachers talk to parents about homework. A teacher suggests suitable tasks for o do with their children. Parents are often better at teaching their own children. 76. According to the writer, many parents would like their children A. to do more difficult homework B. to do homework both at school and at home C. to have test homework D. to do homework at school only 77. According to many parents,__________ . A. a lot of homework has not been planned properly B. children are too lazy to do
4
C. teachers do not set enough homework. D. children shouldn’t be given marks for homework 78. Greek parents thought__________ . A. more time should be allowed for homework B. their children’s homework was useful C. their children’s homework was useless D. their children’s homework was too easy 79. In some countries, especially in Europe______ A. teachers cannot have their children do homework at weekends B. few people think homework to children only at weekends C. most people agree that it is fair to have children do homework at home D. teachers are allowed to give children homework only at weekends 80. Pick out the statement that is not true___________. A. Teachers should advise the parents about how to work together with their children at h o n ^ ^ ^ B. Only a small number of people think homework is fair. C. All parents show great interest in their children’s homework D. Children can do their homework at school and help each other in some schools in Your answers: 76. 78. 80. 77. 79, PA RT T H R EE : W R IT IN G (20 pts) I. Q uestions 81-85:Choose A, B, C o r D th a t best fits the meaning of the given sentence. (5pts) 81. I t ’s really hard to b elieve __________ A. he would say such a terrible thing B. such a terrible thing he would say C. to say he would such a terrible thing D. would he say such a terrible thing 82. Why d o n ’t y o u ________________ us? A. go to the house party with B. go together the house party with C. go the house party with D. together the house party with 83. The new teacher loves poem s and makes A. leam them heartily B. heartily learn them C. leam them by heart D. learning by heart 84. I ’ll give you anoii A. making your m ind u B. making up your mind C. make up your mind D. to make up your mind 85. They are rich enough to own A. not a helicopter only, but a yacht as well B. not only a helicopter, but a yacht as well C. only a helicopter, but a yacht as well D. as well as a helicopter, not only a yacht
cT
A
Your answers: 81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
5
II. Questions 86-90: Choose the underlined part (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (5 pts) 86. Roberto always likes (A) go (B) running (C) in the (D) summer. 87. How (A) is the weather like (B) in winter (C) in your (D) country? 88. On (A) Sunday I just stay at (B) home because (C) I’m usually very tiring (D). 89. The plane delayed (A)for more than (B) one hour because of (C)the bad weather (D). 90. They are known (A) that colds can be avoided (B)by eating the right (C)kind of food and taking exercise regularly. Your answers: 86.
87.
88.
90.
89.
ITT. Questions 91-95: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any way. (5 pts) 91. The dem and for tickets was so great that people queued day and night.
/Sl
/X
-> It was _________________________________________________________ 9 2 .1
haven’t seen her for two years
(LAST)
-$The
______
93. N ow that his m other was being there, they said nothing about it. (ACCOUNT)
-> On ________________________________________________ J x
*
94. Thanks to his aunt’s legacy o f $10.000, he was able to buy the house he wanted. (NOT)
Had his_________________________________________________________________________ 95. The house seem ed to have been unoccupied for several months. (LOOKED)
It ____________________________________________________________________________ TV. Questions 96-100: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any way. (5 pts) 96. Although Judy was severely disabled, she participated in m any sports.
-> Despite _______________________________________________________________________ 97. I’m sorry I was rude to jl^N festerday.
I
apologize ________________________________________________________________
98. N obody can deny that she has a beautiful voice.
It 99. S lic k e d Paris very little, and Rome less.
-> She thought R om e________________ 100. Turn o ff all switches before leaving the workshop.
All the switches___________________________
90 The end OS
6
ĐÈ KIÊM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN Môn thi: TIÉNG ANH (DIÈU KIỆN) Ngày th i:__ tháng 4 năm 2016 Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút (Đề thi gồm 06 trang)
ĐÈ THI CHÍNH THỨC
ĐÁP ÁN PART ONE: PHONETICS - GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY (55 pts) I. Questions 1-5: Choose the word whose underlined p art is pronounced differently from that of the others by circling A, B, c or D and write your answers into the box below. (5.0 pts) l.B
2. A
3. c
4. A
II. Questions 6-25: Circle the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the following sentences and write your answers into the box below. (20 pts) 7. B
8. c
.c
12. A
13. D
16. D
17. A
18. A
S eN
20. A
21. B
22. c
23.
c
24. A
25. D
6. D 11
9. B
10. B 15. B
III. Questions 26-35: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 26. surprising
27. explanation
31. colourful/colorful 32. exist
^ 8 . well
29. success
30. beautiful
rĩ)3. replaced
34. Probably
35. ending
TV. Questions 36-45: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form or tense and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 36. turned 41.be repaiầpd
37. is getting ► 42. hadn’t had to
38. reading
39. learning
40. having
43. wouldn’t have caught
44. took
45. are held
V. Questions 46-55: Fill each gap with a suitable preposition to complete each of the sentences. (10 pts) 46. for
47. with
48. off
49. of
50. on
51. without
52. on
53. until
54. at
55. of
PART TWO: READING (25 pts) I. Questions 56-65: Choose the words in the box to fill in each blank in the following passage. (10 pts) 1
56. like
57. grow
58. heat
59. from
60. in
61. enough
62. like
63. it
64. into
65. but
II. Questions 66-75: Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each numbered blank and write your answers into the box below. (10 pts) 66. A
67. B
68. A
69. C
70. A
71. B
72. A
73. C
74. D
75. C
III. Questions 76-80: Read the following passage and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D). W rite your answers into the box below. (5pts) 76. D
77. A
78. C
79. A
X
80V
PART THREE: W RITING (20 pts) I. Questions 81-85:Choose A, B, C or D that best fits the meaning ol : the given sentence. (5pts) 81. A
82. A
84. D
83. C
85. B
II. Questions 86-90: Choose the underlined p art (A, B, w or D) that needs correcting. (5 pts) 86. B
87. A
89.A
88. D
90. A
ITT. Questions 91-95: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any way. (5 pts) 91. It was such a great demand for tickets that people queued day and night. 92. The last time I was her was two years ago. 93. On account of his mother’s being there, they said nothing about it/On account the fact that this mother was being there, they said nothing about it. 94. Had his aunt not died and left/given him (a legacy of) $10.000, he would not have been able to buy the house he wanted. 95. It looked as if/»s though the house had been unoccupied for several months. IV. Questions 96-100: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any way. (5 pts) 96. Despite her severe disability/Despite the fact that Judy was severely disabled, Judy participated in many sports. 9 7 .1 apologize for being rude/having been rude to you yesterday. 98. It is a fact that she has a beautiful voice. 99. She thought Rome is even more boring that Paris (is). 100. Al the switches must be turned off before leaving the workshop. BO
The end
GS
2
ĐỀ KIỆM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH (CHUYÊN) Ngày thi: 10 tháng 4 năm 2016 Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút (Đề thi gồm 06 trang)
ĐỀ THI CHÍNH THỨC
Thí sinh điền đáp án vào khunẹ kẻ trốns trons đề. Thỉ sinh không được sử dụng bất kỳ loại tài liệu nào kể cả từ điển và điện thoại. Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm. DIÊM GIAM KHAO 1 GIÁM KHA 0 2 Họ <ê tên . (Thông nhài) (Đỉêm/họ tên/chữ kỹ) (Điểm/họ tê,n/chữ kỹ) SBD. Phòng thi sô: Học sinh trường THCS: C J
•
•
O
t/
m
•
•
ĩ
.G
PART I: LISTENING (15 points) Listen to a conversation between Mrs. Phillips and Robert about library worl^ answer the questions. Questions 1-6: Answer the following questions. Write NO MORE THAN THREl^VORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Write your answers into the box below. 1. What is Mrs. Phillip’s job at the library? 2. What is Robert’s job at the library? 3. What time does the library open? 4. What time does Robert can go home after he finishes his duty ifttl^librarv? the librai 5. Where are fiction and non-fiction books collected? 6. Where can children find their suitable books? Your answers: 1. 2. 3.
Ö
4.
5.
6.
Itatemeni Questions 7-11: Decide whether these stat nts are True (T) or Fa se (F). Write your answers in the box below. 7. The books in the brown cart are for republishing. 8. The books in the black cart need repaired. 9. The white cart books are to be sold as used books to raise money for the laboratory. 10. “Fashion show” is the most popular activity of the library. 11. It costs children nothing to see movies on Saturday noon. Your answers: ^ 7. / ỵ N 9. 10. 11. Questions 12-15: Complete the table. Write NO MORE THA N TWO WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Write your answers into the box below. Location Activity Day and Time <12)t iMovies > Family
-------------------
( 1 5 ) ) -------------------------Your answers: 12.
13.
Children’s Room
Thursday at 11:00
(13)
(14)
Meeting Room
Friday at 6:30 14.
15.
PART II: PRONUNCIATION, VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR (35 points) Questions 16-17: Choose the word (A, B, C or D) whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. Write your answers into the box below. TIẾNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 1
16. A. hasty B. nasty C. tasty D. wastage 17. A. rough B. thought C. thorough D. through Questions 18-20: Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that differs from the others in the position of the primary stress. Write your answers into the box below. 18. A. argumatative B. psychological C. contributory D. hypersensitive 19. A. compensate B. competence C. communist D. commitment 20. A. mysterious B. preferable C. modernity D. historical Your answers: 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Questions 21-30: c loose the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the 'ollowing sentences. Write your answers into the box below.
as a furniture maker, he produced the most beacutiful chdfi^ 21. Although he was com pletely____ A. unable B. untrained c . incapable 22. There is no point in telephoning him. H e’s certain _ ___by now. A. to leave B. to have left c. left 23 . ________ , dolphins have no sense of smell. A. As known as far B. As far as is known C. It is known as far D. Known as far as i 24. When I finish writing this composition, I’m going t o _______ and go to A. make time B. hit the day D.C.call hit itthe a day big ti 25. It could have been a lot w orse_______ there. A. when he was not B. ot whe he had been C. for he had not been D. haAn^uiot Deen 26 . ________ kind o f organization throughout the world uses computers to conduct business. A. Virtually every B. Virtually all early most D. Nearlly all 27. After a lengthy debate, the spokesman announced the board h a d _______ a unanimous conclusion. A. commited B. solved C. reached D.comprom 28. Not o n ly _______ in the project, but he also wanted tO|bcCome the leader. B. had Jack been involved A. did Jack involve C. was Jack involved D. was involved Jack 29. The factory is closed today. The w o r^ rs strike because their demand increase pay has not been met. A. o n - f o r - i n B c. for - on - in D. on - in - for 30 . ______________________snow that covers_____ top mountain of is beautiful sight. A. The - the - the - the B. The - the - the - a C. 0 - the - the - the D. 0 - 0 - the - the
A
Your answers: 21. 26.
,
a
2y
f
23.
24.
25.
28.
29.
30.
31 . _____ a An __________ a day keeps a doctor away. b. I am th e ________o f our parents’ eye. c. T h e _________doesn’t fall far from the tree.
32 . _____ a. They are looking at t h e ________o f fish in the lake.
b. My younger brother is studying at a private______ . c. A _______ bus is very popular nowadays. 33 . _____ a. Could you add this up for me? I'm not good at all with______ . b. The cocktail party was attended by several well-known public______ . c. Models have to watch their______ all the time so they eat very carefully. TIẾNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 2
34. ___ in bed looking at the ceiling and wondering whether or not to get up. a. Anna b. I'm going to ______ a dustsheet down on the floor and start painting the walls immediately. c. Will you the table while I get the meal ready? 35. a. Why don't more women______ for public office? b. Does your car______ on unleaded petrol or diesel? c. We are going to ^a series of advertisements in the local paper. Your answers'. 32. 34. 35. 31. 33. Q uestions 36-45: Use the correct form of the bracketed w ord to complete the passage. (0) done as an example. W rite your answ ers into the box below. What kind o f e d u c a tio n (0. EDUCATE), experience and background should we be giving
en
_
our children? In a ______ (36. COMPETE) western economy, they need to be well-informed and _ (37. KNOW). In a complex ever-changing modem world, it is _____ (38. ARGUE) that the task cfpJeparing the next generation cannot be carried out within th e_____ (39. t r a d it io n ) classroom framework, because acquiring a proper education in this way is simply___ _ (40. POSSIBLE). This is where computer-aided learning steps in, providing children with the skills that they will need in tomorrow’s world, in a one-to-one learner-center environment. There are those who claim, however, that______ (41. e x c e e d ) exposure to computers may prove _____(43. PRODUCE) for to be harmful rather than______ (42. BENEFIT) to children and thatis education to take place in the classroom. They say that, although computers seem to hold a ______ (44. RESIST) appeal for some people, particularly young children, it*is' (45. PREFER) for children to have a person, rather than a machine, for a teacher. Your answers: V 36. 37. 38. 40. ■39. 41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
Questions 46-50: Replace each underlined verb with the co rrect form of a synonymous p h rasal verb in the box. There are two extra ones th a t you do not need to use. W rite your answ ers into the box below.
come into turn in draw up let on take after turn down make out 46. Before we do anything else, we ought to p re p a re a plan of action. 47. It was getting late so I decided to go to b ed . 48. 1 believe that Diana has recently inherited a lot of money. 49. 1 was rejected for the army on the health ground. 50.1 resem ble my mother. She Wife small with blond hair and had a terrible memory too. Your answers: f 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. PA RT III:R E A D IN G C O M PR EH EN SIO N (25 points) Q uestions 51-55: You are going to read an extract from a m agazine article about psychology. Five p arag rap h s have been rem oved from the extract. Choose from the p a ra g rap h s A -F the one which fits each gap (51- 55). There is one extra p a ra g rap h which you do not need to use. W rite your answ ers inliL^he box below.
you're a loner, you're probably a member of many different groups. Some are long lasting, like your family, while others, such as a football crowd, are temporary. Every group functions in different ways but there are still some common psychological features to any group. (51)_________ Being part of a group changes the way you behave. The presence of others has a generally arousing effect on the nervous system. This is natural-you don't know what they will do. They may move about, speak to you, or even attack you, and your brain has to pay attention to all these messages. Having others around is just distracting. It divides your attention, so you can't focus on the task in hand. TIẾNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 3
(52 ) ________ But when it comes to complex tasks, the prospect of not being evaluated may free you from anxiety, so encouraging you to perform better. To test this, psychologists asked volunteers to carry out a complex computer task in separate rooms. Some were told performance would be evaluated individually - causing performance anxiety - while others were told the results would be averaged with the rest of the group. As expected, the second group did better than the first. (53 ) ________ The problem becomes even worse when individuals are disguised with war paint or uniforms. Analysis shows that the m ore people there are in a mob, the greater the antisocial behaviour. B eing 'submerged' w ithin a group does have m any negative connotations but it's not always a bad thing. Instead o f thinking about a row dy mob, think o f relaxing, dancing and enjoying yourself at a party w here you are also ju st a part o f the crowd.
(54 ) ________ But surprisingly, research has shown that the use o f this technique by groups isn't that effective in either the num ber or quality o f ideas generated. You get better results if you set people to w ork individually on a problem. W e also tend to assume that decisions made by groups are better than those m ade by individuals, which is w hy we form committees.
(55 ) ________ But any group can get a decision badly w rong because their thought processes can go awry. This is a process psychologists call 'groupthink'. A close-knit group o f advisers isolated from argum ent and criticism can grow to believe they can do no wrong. The group then becomes more im portant than the individuals who are part o f it. Further, a leadership style w hich concentrates on the group rather than the individual can contribute to this. For a group and its behaviour are shaped by who is in charge and the roles the other m em bers play. A good front m an or w om an is persuasive, not directive, com m unicates and speaks clearly, listens well and appeals to group m em bers' em otions and feelings as w ell as th o u g h t^ jy /id e a s . M any, but not all, leaders show dominance in the group. But the dominant person in the group doesn't always make the best leader, and it isn't necessarily true that having the smartest people always makes for the m ost successful group.
A.
This lack o f individual accountability may lead to people letting go o f their inhibitions - a process known as ’deindividuation'. Sometimes this is dangerous, releasing violent and impulsive behaviours that individuals would never dream o f indulging in alone.
B.
They have a need for power, characterised by talking a lot, wanting to be listened to and to make decisions. In a group it can be easy to spot the dominant people. They make eye contact, point and even touch people but don't encourage return gestures. Such behaviour studies have been key in shaping business organisation.
C. For example, in general, humans are social animals, that's why we get together in groups in the first place. Important elements o f our individual identity come from being part o f a group. Most people enjoy being in a group - it's a way o f forming emotionally satisfying relationships. D. But ‘itithas hasto i be a carefully selected team, not a randomly generated group, i f creative decisions are to b^npade. In fact, theory on team building has shown that it is better if people work in small teams o f tentary pairs. Big teams don 't get anything done, even though people like them. ♦
S3, how does all this stimulation affect achievement? It has been argued that people do better on iimple well-rehearsed activities when they're with others than when they are alone. Also, i f their individual efforts within the group are not being monitored, there's a tendency to relax and merge into the crowd. F. Another positive feature o f groups is that they generate ideas and opinions, and use these to make decisions. That's why the modern trend in teaching is for students to work in small groups to prepare presentations and why brainstorming is so popular in the work context. Your answers: TIẾNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 4
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
Questions 56-65: Read the following passage and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each numbered blank. Write your answers into the box below. A LOVE OF TRAVELLING For Nigel Portman, a love of travelling began with what’s (56)______ a ‘gap year’. In common with many other British teenagers, he chose to take a year out before (57)______ to study for his degree. After doing various jobs to (58)______ some money, he left home to gain some experience of life in different cultures, visiting America and Asia. The more adventurous the young person, the (59)______ the challenge they are likely to set themselves for the gap year, and for some, like Nigel, it can (60)______ in a thirst for adventure. Now that his university course has (61)______ to an end, Nigel is just about to leave on a threeyear trip that will take him right around the world. What’s more, he plans to make the wholejourney using only means of transport which are (62)______ by natural energy. In other words, he’ll be (6 3 ^ ______ mostly on bicycles and his own legs; and when there’s an ocean to cross, he won’t be taking a (64)______ cut by climbing aboard a plane, he’ll be joining the crew of a sailing ship (65)______ . As well as doing some mountain climbing and other outdoor pursuits along the way, Nigel hopes to passon to the people he meets the environmental message that lies behind the whole idea* B. named C. referred D. Known 56. A called 57. A. settling down B. getting up C. taking over D. holding holdi back 58. A. achieve B. raise C. advance D. win 59. A. stronger B. wider C. greater . deeper 60. A. result B. lead C. cause create 61. A. come B. turned C.reached D. brought 62. A. pulled C. forced B. charged D. powered 63. A. attempting B. using C. relying D. trying 64. A. quick B. short c ^ V D. swift 65. A. anyway B. alike C. instead D. Otherwise Your answers: 56. 58. 59. 60. 57. 61.
62.
63. \
64.
65.
Questions 66-75: Read the passage cart| idly, then fill in eac l blank with ONE suitable word. Write your answers into the box below. and then not doing Students frequently complain (66) studying for hours on (67) well in their final exams. Many factors can (68) in poor performances: (69) _____ illness or a personal problem. Getting high grades can also put a terrible strain on students (70) don’t want to let their parents dowrj^ Can student idge be judged by a (71)______ exam? Certainly not! If we want to be fair, students ought a ______ on a regular basic. So does that mean more exams? Yes, but (73) ______ many wr en ones. In many countries, student do not have to take written exams (74)______ ~' ____ to take oral ones instead. This seems to be fairer way of assessing they don’t want to, tfiey are (75) understanding, not just testing it. Your answers: 67. 68. 69. 70. 7,.
72.
73.
74.
75.
PART IV: WRITING (25 poitns) Questions 76-80: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. 76. We couldn’t relax until all the guests had gone home. ■=> O nly_________________________________________________________________________ 77. House prices have risen sharply this year. ■=> There has TIẾNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 5
78. She furiously threw the book across the room. ■=>Such 79. Experts think that all dogs evolved from wolves. ■=>All dogs a re ____________________________ 80. The northwest of Britain has more rain each year than the southeast. ■=> The annual Questions 81-85: Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. Use the bold words given in brackets. Do not alter the given words in any 81. The two theories appear to be completely different.
(COMMON)
82. His rude behaviour is too much for me.
(PUT)
83.1 find his handwriting very hard to read.
(DIFFICULTY)
84. He doesn’t have money to go on holiday. He doesn’t have time, either, 85. You’d feel better if you had a quiet holiday.
(n e i t h e r ) (DO)
s
Questions 86-100: {In about 200 words) Write an essay about the advantages and disadvantages o f studying in groups.
A
THE END
TIỂNGANH CHUYÊN VÀO 10 trang 6
ĐÁP ÁN HƯỚNG DẪN CHẮM
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN
NGUYỄN HUỆ
ĐỀ KIỂM TRA KIẾN THỨC VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN ^ Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH (CHUYÊN) - Tổng điểm toàn bài: 100 điểm (100 câu X 1 điểm) -ỳ Điểm cuối cùng rút gọn = 10 điểm - Từ câu 1 đến câu 85 x1 điểm = 85 điểm; từ câu 85-100: bài viết luận = 15 điểm - Chú ỷ: Khi cộng điểm toàn bài, giảm khảo chẩm làm tròn điểm đến 0,25/0,5/0,75 (ỉẻ 0,1 - 0,2 làm tròn thành 0,25; lẻ 0,3 - 0,4 làm tròn thành 0,5; lẻ 0,6 - 0,7 làm tròn thành 0,75) PART I: LISTENING (15 points) 1. (a/the) head librarian 2. library assistant 3. 8.30 a.m 4. 4.30p.m 5. second floor / 2nd floor 6. third floor / 3rd floor Questions 7-11: 7. F 9. F 8. T 10. F 11. T \ Questions 12-15: 12. Story Time 13. Reference Room 14. Saturday at 2:30 15. Lecture Series ^Lectures PART II: PRONUNCIATION, VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR (35 points) 16. B 17. A 18. c 19. D Questions 21-30: 21. B 26. A
Questions 31-35: 31. APPLE Questions 36-45: 36. compatitive 41. excessive Questions 46-50: 46. draw up
22. B 27. c
23. B 28 . c
32. SCHOOL
33. FIGURES
37. knowledgeable 42. beneficial
38. argumentative 43. productive
39. traditional 44. resistant
40. impossible 45. preferable
47. turn in
48. came into ^
49. turned down
50. take after
54. F
55. D
59. c 64. B
60. A 65. c
PART III:READING COMPREHENSION (25 points) Questions 51-55: 52. E 53. A 51. c Questions 56-65: 57. A 58. B 56. A 61. A 62. D K 63. c Questions 66-75: 66. about 68. result ^!>Ésted 71. single 73. not
24. D 29. A
Í
^ O .B 25. D 30. B
35. RUN
69. an 74. if
70. who/that 75. allowed
PART IV: WRITING (25 poitns) Questions 76-80: 76. Only after/when all the guests had gone (home) could we be / w ere we able to relax 77. There has been a sharp increase/ rise in (the) house prices this yea r 78. Such was her fury that she threw the book across the room. /flk(\gS *are thought to have evolvedfrom wolves 80. The annual rainfall in /fo r the northwest o f Britain is higher/ greater than (that in) the southeast
JC
Questions 81-85: 81. The two theories (appear to) have (got) nothing in common. /There is nothing in common between the two theories. 82. I can’t/ won’t put up with his rude behaviour. 83. I have (considerable) difficulty (in) reading his hand writing. 84. He has neither money nor time to go on holiday. 85. A quiet holiday would do you good. 86-100. (In about 200 words) Write an essay about the advantages and disadvantages o f studying in groups.
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN
ĐỀ K ffiM T R A K IẾ N T H T C v à o l ớ p 10 T H P T CH UY ÊN
NGUYỄN H ộ ;
M ôn th i: T IẾ N G A N H (Điều kiện) Ngày thi: 08 tháng 05 năm 2016 Thòi gian làm bài: 120 phút
ĐÊ THI CHÍNH THỨC
(Đe thi gồm: 07 trang) T h í sinh điền đáp án vào kh u n g k ẻ trống trong đề. T h í sinh kh ô n g được s ử dụng bat kỳ loại tài liệu nào k ế cả từ điến và điện thoại. Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm.
Họ & tên:
( Thống nhất)
■
GIÁM KHÁO 1
ĐIÊM
ÁM KHẢO 2
(Điếm/họ tên/chữ kỹ) A (Điêm/họ tên/chữ kỷ)
SBD. Phòng thi so: Học sinh trường THCS:
PART ĩ - PHONETICS, GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY I. Circle the word whose underlined p a rt is pronounced diffe
that o f the others. (0.5 pt) teacher
1 .A. dead
B .leave
c . creature
2. A. succeed
B. accept
D. accident
3. A. energy
B .baggy
c. acconti^k^ c. deny
4. A. birthday
B. within
c. mouth
D. thing
5. A. cause
B. clause
Y our answ ers:
D. primary
Njr
c . aud:ience
D. laugh
4. 1. 2. 3. 5. or D) Í II. Circle the best option (A, B, C = to complete each o f the fo llo w in g sentences. (2.0 pts) i= 6. They all laughed because the film was very_______ . A. amused 7. His father, A. who
B. amuse
C. amusement
D. amusing
niversity professor, is very generous. B. that
C. which
D. whom
8. John b o u g h t new dictionary, but he didn’t tell me how much_ A. did id it cost CO
»
A
9
B. it costs
♦
's some iced tea. - This is too sweet
A. to serve 10.
In
addition___
B. for serving _the news,
television
c . has it cost
D. it cost
to guests, c . to serve it provides
us
D. serve with
variety
o f programmes
satisfy_______ taste. A. to/ every
B. to/ each
C. for/ every
D. for/ all
1 1 .1 don’t like to ask people for help as a rale but I wonder if you could_______ me a favour.
that
can
B. pick
A. make 12. W hen you___
C. do
D. find
the intersection of Fifth Road and Broadway, turn right.
A. come
B. get
13. I haven't seen Tom
C .reach
D. arrive
C. since
D. although
__he got married.
A. before
B. until
14. Your grandfather is rather tired so do not A. prolong
_ y o u r visit.
B. lengthen
15. The doctor told him to keep_____ A. at
D. shorten
C. delay
sweets and chocolate to lose weight.
B. back
C. up
D. off
16. They'll never_______ to get here by six - the roads are quite busy today. A. manage
B. arrive
C. succeed
D. ab
17. The meeting had been cancelled_______ the chairman’s absence. A. bccausc
B. bccausc o f
C. despite
___ an essay and_______ any mistake. 4
18. The teacher told us A. to write/ not to do
B. to write/ not
C. write/ not to do
D. to w rite/ to make
19. If he_______ the music so loud, the neighbours w ouldn’t have called the police. A. has played
B. didn't play
C. was playing
D. hadn't played
20. She wondered_______ her only son was then. A. where
B. if
C. whether
D. what
21 . ______ schooling is com pulson^!^A ustralia between_______ ages o f six and seventeen A. The/ 0
B. The/ he/the the
C. 0 /t h e
D. A/ an
22. It is found that endanger ed species are often concentrated in areas that are poor and densely populated, such as much o f Asiaa and Àfri B. increased
A. disappeared
C. reduced
D. threatened
23. The childreni>don •t *like living in the countryside,_______ ? A. do the children
B. don’t they
C. don’t the children D. do they
24. "I suggest fixing the dripping faucet." - "_______ " A. We will
B. Good idea
C. I'm afraid not
D. Yes, please
25. Televisions, dishwashers and refrigerators are electrical_______ . A. appliances
B. tools
C. things
D. households
Y our answ ers: 6. 16.
7. 17.
8. 18.
9. 19.
10. 20.
11. 21.
12. 22.
13. 23.
14. 24.
15. 25.
III. Complete the sentences by using the correctform o f the words in brackets. (1.0 pt) 26. Students have a________ between studying English or Russian. (C H O O SE) 27. He has overcome his difficulties with courage and_________ . (D ETER M IN E) 2 8 .1
live alone and I don’t have many_ ____ . (V ISIT)
29. There should be parking spaces for the________ . (DISA BLE) 30. Robin Hood is a_______ hero who lived in Sherwood Forest in Nottingham. (LEG EN D ) 31. He was extremely________ o f her public image. (P R O T E C T ) 32. All the________ in the conference had an opportunity to speak. (PA R T IC IPA T E ) 33. What's your nationality? - I'm a________ . (JAPA N)
C>
34. The recent floods cause__________ damage. (W ID E) 35. The police recovered the_j ewelry yesterday. (STEA L)
s<<
Y our answ ers: 26.
27.
28.
30.
31.
32.
33.
35.
IV. Use the correct form o f the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences. (1.0 pt) 36-37. If I (have)_________ wings, I (have to, not)_________ take Etn airplane to fly home. 38-39. Peter (drive)________ towards Victoria Point when he (lose)_________ control o f his vehicle. 4 0 -4 1 .1 (go)________ to Toronto last year for business. I (go)_ 4 2 -4 3 .1 didn’t feel like (talk)_ 44. It takes a long time (leam)_
there several times since then.
to hhim ir i^after f te ^what /l: (happen)_ a foreign language. out on the radio 2 hours ago.
45. The names o f the winners ((giv g iv Y our answ ers: 36. 41.
V
38.
39.
40.
43.
44.
45.
V Fill each gap
h a suitable preposition to complete each o f the sentences. (1.0 pt)
46. It was only _
___ accident when I found out who the man really was.
47. Next month I'm going to Scotland________ a short holiday. 48. Long skirts are_______ fashion nowadays. 4 9 .1 don’t care________ money. It is not important to me. 50. I'll be moving to a new address________ the end of September. 51.1 didn’t have any money on me, so I paid________ cheque. 52. She broke the eggs carefully_______ the bowl. 5 3 .1 don’t feel well, but I don’t know what's the matter________ me.
54. Do you know any songs________ the Beatles? 55. They have complained________ the council about the noise. Y our answ ers: 46. 47. 52. 51. PA R T II - R EA D IN G (2.5 pts)
48. 53.
49. 54.
50. 55.
I. Read the passage andfill each gap with ONE suitable word. (1.0 pt) A national park is a large piece o f land in (56)________ animals are free to come a n d ^ c . Yrees and (57)________ grow everywhere. People go to a national park to (58)_________nature. M any people stay in campgrounds in natural parks. They sleep in tents and cook (59)________ food
campfires. They also
walk (60)________ trails or paths in the park. park. It became a national natior park in 1872. It is
Yellowstone is the world's oldest (61)_ (62)_
the world's largest park. Yellowstone is (63)________ for its geysers. These holes in the ground
shoot hot water into the air. There are about seventy geysers in the he park. The r most famous is Old Faithful, feet into the air. About (64)________ hour Old Faithful shoots hot water hundreds o f fe Two and a half million people visit this beautiful park each year. Visitors are not allowed to pick the flowers. s. They (65)
not feed or hunt the animals, animals,' either. — v ^ \~
Y our answ ers: 56. 61.
57. 62.
58
59. 64.
60. 65.
II. Read the text below and circle the option (A, B, C or D) that bestfits each gap. (1.0 pt) H O LID A Y S T H A T D O N ’T CO ST TH E E A R T H The tourist industry is considered to be the world's largest industry. Before 1950 about one million people (66)________ abroad
year (67)________ by the 1990s the figure had (68)_
to over 400
million every year (69)_
f
large numbers o f tourists, however, are beginning to cause problems. For example, in the
Alps the skiers aiire de;stroying the mountains (70)________ came to enjoy. Even parts o f Mount Everest in the Himalayas
are
reported
to
be
covered
(71)
old
tins,
tents
and
food
that
have
been
(72)________ away it at a time when we have greater freedom to travel (73)________ ever before, more and more people are asking how they can enjoy their holiday (74)_________causing problems by spoiling the countryside. N ow there is a new holiday guide called Holidays That D on’t Cost The Earth. It (75)________ you how you can help the tourist industry by asking your travel agent or your tour operator the right questions before you go on holiday. 66. A. traveled
B. came
C. sailed
D. were
67. A. as
B. because
C. but
D. when
68. A. gone
B. flown
C. risen
D. raised
69. A. Such
B. More
C. Few
D. So
70. A. which
B. you
C. who
D. they
71. A. for
B. on
C. with
D. below
72. A. put
B. thrown
C. given
D. tidied
73. A. than
B. when
C. then
D. while
74. A. outside
B. instead
C. beside
D. without
7 5 .A. says
B. offers
C. tells
D. gives
c>Y
Your answers: 66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
III. Read the text below and circle the correct answer A, B, C or D. (0.5 pt)
75.
Sc
W inter driving is dangerous because it's so difficult to know what is gcWn^ to happen and accidents take place so easily. Fog can be waiting to meet you over the top o f the h il^ £ § m iig h t be hiding beneath the melting snow, waiting to send you off the road. The car coming towards you may suddenly slide across the
V V
road. Rule Number One for driving in icy roads is to dri
ily. Uneven movements can make a car
suddenly very difficult to control. So every time you turn the
leel, touch the brakes or increase your speed,
you must be as gentle and as slow as possible. Imagine you arc driving with a cup o f hot coffee on the scat next to you. Drive so that you w ouldn’t spillint. it. Rule Number Two is to pay attention to wha lat might happen. The more ice there is, the further down the road you have to look. Test how long i r it it takes ta to stop by gently braking. Remember that you may be driving more quickly than you think. In general, allow double your normal stopping distance when the road is wet, three times this distance in snow, and even more on ice. Try to stay in control o f your car at all times and you will avoid tro u b le .. 76. What is the w ritertrying to do in this text? A. to complain about badrwinter driving.
B. to give information about winter weather.
C. to warn people against driving in winter.
D. to advise people about safe driving in winter.
77. Why woulcSiomebody read this text? A. to find out about the weather.
B. to get information on driving lessons.
C. to learn about better driving.
D. to decide when to travel.
78. W hat does the writer think? A. People should avoid driving in the snow.
B. Drivers should expect problems in winter.
C. People drive too fast in winter.
D. Winter drivers should use their brakes less.
79. Why does the writer talk about a cup o f coffee? A. to explain the importance of smooth movements.
B. because he thinks refreshments are important for drivers C. because he wants drivers to be more relaxed. D. to show how it can be spilt. 80. W hich traffic sign shows the main idea of the text? A. Drive Carefully - Ice On Road Ahead.
B. Reduce Speed Now - Fog Ahead.
C. Drive Carefully - Road Repairs Ahead.
D. Slow Down - Accident
Ahead.
Your answers: 76. 77. PART III - W RITIN G (2.0 pts)
78.
79.
8
/. Circle the correct sentence (A, B, C or D) that is made from the words given. (0.1 81. my/ father/ teach/ me/ how/ use/ computer/. A. My father taught me how to use the computer.
B. My father taught me t^ow use the computer.
C. My father taught me how using the computer.
D. My father taught me how used the computer.
82. mother/ ask/ m e /1/ do/ all/ homework/. A. My mother asked me whether I have done all my homework B. My mother asked me whether I have been doing all my C. My mother asked me whether I do all my homework D. My mother asked me whether I had done all my homework
83. Nowadays/ children/ kept/ in/ day-care centre/ w hila their/ mothers/ are/ working/. A. Nowadays, children kept in a day-care centre while their mother are working. B. Nowadays, children are kept in a (Ja^Sare centre while their mother are working. C. Nowadays, children are kept in a day-care centre while their mother working. D. Nowadays, children were kept in a day-care centre while their mother are working.
84. Fla Long Bay/ recognized/ eijht wonder/ world/. A. Ha Long Bay recognized^e eighth wonder of the world. B. Ha Long Bay had been recognized the eighth wonder o f the world. C. Ha Long Bay was recognized the eighth wonder of the world. D. Ha Long B ^ i s recognized as the eighth wonder of the world.
85. my younger brother/ learnt/ use/ computer/ since/ he/ 8 years old/. A. My younger brother learnt to use the computer since he was 8 years old. B. My younger brother had learnt to use the computer since he was 8 years old. C. M y younger brother has learnt to use the computer since he was 8 years old. D. My younger brother is learnt to use the computer since he was 8 years old. Y our answ ers: 81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. (0.8 pt) 8 6 .1
don’t like you to play the music so loudly at night.
I'd rather....................................................................................................................................................... 87. We can't sit on the grass because it is too wet. -> The grass isn't.............................................................................. 88. If you work hard, you will find it easy to get good marks. -> The harder. 89. Paul said he was going to visit China the following year. ".........................................................
90. They sent millions o f Christmas cards last month. M illions................................................................................................. 9 1 .1 have a terrible headache because I stayed up late last night. -> If I .......................................................................................................... 92. "Don’t live in this area because it is very dangerous" they aske ->They told................................................................................................ 93. Wc were late for the meeting due to the heavy traffic. Because................................................................................................. 9 4 .1 regret that you didn’t give me a chance: to tell you y the truth -> I w ish...... 95. Nobody had invited Jane to the party, which annoyed her. -> As Jane.................................................................................................................................................................................
III. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the words in brackets. Do not change the words given. (0.6 pt) 96. "Try your best study", my father said to m e.(encouraged) ^ .......................................
i S c s . ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
97. They hav§ v e ^ f tti ^ n o n e y . They are happy. (In spite of) ^ ....
98. Last year th£y painted our house, (had) .................................................
9 9 .1
haven't contacted my best friend for several months, (touch)
............................................................
100. He objects to people laughing at his appearance. (being) ........................................................................................................................
THE END
HƯỚNG DẪN C^ẤM MÔN TIẾNG ANH (ĐIỀU KIÊN) ĐỀ K ritM T R A K Ó ÌN T H rC VÀO L Ớ P 10TH PT C H U Y ÊN T H P T CH U Y ÊN NGUỶCN Ngày thi: 08 tháng 05 năm 2016 Thòi gian làm bài: 120 phút (Đe thi gồm: 07 trang)
rN^
Mỗi câu đúng được 1 điểm. Tổng điểm toàn bài = tổng số câu đ ủ n g /10.
L ưu ý :- Khi cộng tổng điểm toàn bài, giảm khảo chấm làm tròn điểm đến 0,25 (lẻ 0 , 1 - 0 ,\2 2 làm tròn thành 0,25; lẻ 0,3 - 0,4 làm tròn thành 0,5;...)
i 'Ả
^ có cách viêt khác đáp án nhung đủng ngữ pháp, ngữ nghĩa giảm khảo thông ,u „ „ nhât „ u , và cho ^ Nêu thí sinh diem. PA R T I - P H O N E T IC S , G R A M M A R AND V OCABULARY (55 pts)
thí o f the others. (5 pt) I. Circle the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently'yfrom that
2. c
l.A
II. Circle the best option (A, B,
3 .C
0
5. D
Ỉ V
c or D) to complete eachc\ ao f the ftrollowing sentences. (20 pts)
6. D
7. A
8. D
9. A
10. A
16. A
17. B
18. B
19. D
20ÍA
,'.c 21. c
12 .
c
22. D
c
14. A
15. D
23. D
24. B
25. A
13.
III. Complete the sentences by using the correct form o f the words in brackets. (10 pts) 26. choice 31. protective
27. determination 32. p a rtic ip a ifc ^ ^
28. visitors 33. Japanese
29. disabled 34. widespread
30. legendary 35. stolen
IV. Use the correct form o f the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences. (10 pts) 36. had
3 ^ J^ouldn’t have
38. was driving
39. lost
40. went
41. have gonq
42. talking
43. had happened
44. to learn
45. were given
V. Fill each gap with a suitable preposition to complete each o f the sentences. (10 pts) n . by)
47. for 52. into
48. out of/ in 53. with
49. about 54. by
50. at 55. to
PA R T I I - R E A D IN G (25 pts)
I. Read the passage andfill each gap with ONE suitable word. (10 pts) 56. which 61. national
57. plants 62. also
58. enjoy 63. famous
59. their 64. every
60. on 65. must
II. Read the text below and circle the option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each gap. (10 pts) 66. A
67. C
68. C
69. A
70. D
71. C
72. B
73. A
74. D
75. C
III. Read the text below and circle the correct answer A, B, C or D. (5pts) 76. D
77. C
79. A
78. B
80. A
PART III - WRITING (20 pts) I. Circle the correct sentence (A, B, C or D) that is made from the words given. (6 pts) 8 l.A
82. D
83. B
84. D
r>
&
II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. (8 pts) 86. ->I'd rather you didn’t play the music so loudly at night. 87. ->Thegrassisn'tdry enough for us to sit on. 88. ->Theharderyou work, the easier you will find it to get good ood J y S E T * 89. -> "I am going to visit China next year." Paul said 90. -^Millions o f Christmas cards were sent last month.
o
91. -Mf I hadn't stayed up late last night, I w ouldn’t have a f o i b l e headache. 92. ->Theytold me not to live in that area because it was very dangerous. 93. ->Because the traffic was heavy/ there was a lot o f traffic, we were late for the meeting. 94. ->I wish you had given me a chanc^to tell you the truth. 95. ->As Jane hadn't been invited to t h e r a N ^ she was annoyed.
I
2 -
I I I . Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the words in
brackets. Do not change the words given. (6 pts) 96. -> My father encouraged me to try my best to study. 97. ->Inspiteof having very little money/ Inspiteof the fact that they have very little money, they are happy. / They are happy in spite of having very little money. 98.
We had our house painted last year.
99.
I haven't kept in touch with my best friend for several months.
100. -> He objects to his appearance being laughed at.
ĐỀ KIỆM TRA KIẾN THỨC
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH (CHUYÊN) Ngày thi: 8 tháng 5 năm 2016 Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút (Đề thi gồm 06 trang)
ĐÈ THI CHÍNH THỨC
Thí sinh ¿nền đáy án vào khuns kẻ trốníỉ tronẹ đề. Thí sinh không được sử dụng bất kỳ loại tài liệu nào kể cả từ đỉểrt và điện thoại. Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm. DIÊM GIAM KHAO 1 GIAM KHAO 2 Họ & tên '. (Thống nhất) (Điếm/họ tên/chữ kỷ) {Điểm/ho tên/chữ kỹ) SBD. Phòng thỉ sô: Học sinh trường THCS: PART I: LISTENING - (Time for listening: 2’35 x 2 = 5’10) (15pts) You are going to listen (TWICE) to a man talking about his trips. Listen ana nd com c< Questions 1-5: Decide whether these statements are True (T) or False (F). Write your answers in the box below. 1. The man often travels for his job as a rug seller. 2. The man is asked to give a talk about his trips in Europe and Africa. 3. The man is willing to answer questions at the end of his talk. 4. It often takes the man at least three months to prepare carefully for his trips. 5. The man only get information about the places he is going on the Internet. Your answers: ▼ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Questions 6-15: Complete the table. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORD AND/OR A NUMBER Countries visited
Interesting facts
Morocco
♦♦♦ many^6T"
Turkey
❖ travelled there by (7)
(10)----------
é
and beautiful mosques
W good for local (8) ♦♦♦ bought a beautiful Turkish (9) ❖ visited Gujarati Textile (11) ❖ great examples of (12)
embroidery
❖ lots of wildlife in (13)
areas
♦♦♦ saw increadible colouful (14)
and several (15)
spiders
Your an,swers: 6.
7
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
PART II: PRONUNCIATION, VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR (35 points) Questions 16-17: Choose the word (A, B, C or D) whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. Write your answers into the box below. Page 1/6
16. A. advent 17. A. pursue 18. A. ragged
B. invent B. hesitate B. sacred
C. decent C. comparison C. dogged
D. percent D. poster D. scared
Questions 18-20: Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that differs from the others in the position of the primary stress. Write your answers into the box below. 19. A. questionaire B. introduce C. recommend D. concentrate 20. A. continuous B. scandalous C. malicious D. delicious Your answers: 16.
18.
17.
20 .
19.
Questions 21-30: Choose the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the follow! Write your answers into the box below.
Ci
21. I’d like to m ak e_______ for crashing your car. Let me pay for the repairs. A. improments B. correctione C. amends stments 22. Thanks for lending me your umbrella; it really came i n _______ . A. used B. handy C. handful D. needy 23. James never shows his emotions; no matter what happens, he always keeps a stifffu p p e r______ D. lip A. mounth B. eye C. head 2 4 .1 got a new baseball_______ yesterday. A. stick B. racket ' C. club ' ' D. bat 25. Eat your vegetables. They’l l _______ you good. A. do B. make D. help P a 26. D on’t drop your sweet wrapper on the floor, A. do you B. aren’t you will you D. w on’t you t another hour. 27. She may have missed the train ,_______ she won D. in which case A. at the case B. all the case . just in case in a quiet position. 2 8 .1 should like to rent a house, modem, comfortab A. most of all B. above all C. first o f all D. after all 2 9 .1 was disappointed that the restaurant h flowers on the table. C. artificial D. forged A. false B. untrue \ 3 0 ._______ write with your left hand when y ju broke your arm? A. Did you have to B. Had you have to C. Needed you to D. Must you
<r*
Your answers: 21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27
28.
29.
30.
Complete the sentences with the appropriate phrasal verbs from the box in their correct form. There are two extra ones that you do not need to use. Write your answers into the box below. put through
come by
look on
join in
die down give away
take over callfor
bear up
get into
carry out
drop o ff
so well in that situation. 31. IIddidn i ’t think he would 32. Come and help me to carry the boxes! Don’t just stand there______ ! 33.1 watched a horror fdm on TV last night, but I can’t remember how it ended. I must have
before the end. 34. Tomorrow, we will b e ______ an experiment to test this theory. 35. Just ask them if you cm play and I’m sure they’ll let you______ . 36. Do you think the wind has______ enough for us to go sailing without any danger? 37. Environmentalists are______ stricter controls on the use of leaded petrol. 38. The robber couldn’t explain how he such a large amount of money when the police caught him. 39. Did you hear about the millionaire who____ __his entire fortune to charity? 40. Who is going to ______ the family business when Arstha’s father retires? Page 2/6
Your answers:
31
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
Questions 41-50: Complete the following passage by writing the correct form of the words given in brackets. Write your answers into the box below. RAIN MAKING When it rains, it does not always pour. During a typical stonn, a (41. COMPARE) amount of the lock-up moisture in each cloud reaches the ground as rain. So the idea th^ intervention - a rain dance, perhaps - might encourage the sky to give up a little (42. A D D ) ______ water has been around since prehistoric times. More recently, would-be rain makers have used a more direct procedure - that of throwing (43. V A R Y ) ______ chemicals out of aero-planes in an ^fqj^to wring more rain from the clouds, a practice known as “cloud seeding”. Yet such techniques, which were first developed in the 1940s, are (44. NOTORIETY)______ difficult to evaluate. It is hard to (45. c e r t a i n ) ________ , for example, how much rain woulcNfcave fallen anyway. So, despite much anecdotal evidence of the advantages of cloud seeding, has led to its adoption in more than 40 countries around the world, as far as scientists are concerqeu, results are still (46. CONCLUSIVE) ______ . That could be about to change. For the past three\g2J^(47. RESEARCH)_________ have been carrying out the most extensive and (48. RIGOUR)_______ evaluation to date of a revolutionary
new technique that will substantially boost the volume of (49. R A IN )________ . The preliminary (50. F IN D ) ______ of their experiments indicate that solid evidence of the technique’s effectiveness is now within the scientists’ grasp. Your answers'. 41. 42. 44. 43. 45. 46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
PART III:READING COMPREHENSION (25 points) Questions 51-55: You are going to read a magazine article on space travel. Five paragraphs have been removed from the article. Choose from the paragraphs A-G the one which fits each gap (51- 55). There is one extra paragraph which you do not need to use. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers into the box CHEAP ACCESS TO SPACE Charles Conrad went to the moomwith Apollo 12 and circled the Earth in Skylab. But from now on, he is going to aim high for himself. His company, Universal Space Lines, hopes to produce a more economic rocket that will be able to go^in space again and again. (0)____ G_____ ^ NASA, the JJ.S, government-owned space program, plans to develop such a rocket. However, the immediate priority is missions to Mars, which will require different technology. So it is more likely that people outside the NASA program will develop re-useable rocket design. Rick Tumlinson runs an independent organization called the Space Frontier Foundation and firmly believes that it is time for business to get involved. (51 ) ________ So Tumlinson is also in business to prove a point. Space is our destiny, he says, so why not get on with it a bit more eagerly? To this end, the SFF is holding a conference in Los Angeles shortly, to be called Space: Open for Business. (52 ) ________ Another company, Kistler Aerospace, has similar plans; “Our goal is to become a delivery service to low Earth orbit that will radically re-align the economics of doing business in space. Satellites will be our parcels: our vehicles will be operated in repeated flights with air freights efficiency.” (53) _________ _ Their own view is that it is impossible for NASA, which is government-owned, to offer an “open frontier”. This is not a matter of budgets or schedules, but of fundamental purpose and design. NASA is “elitist and Page 3/6
exclusive”, whereas foe SFF believes in opportinities for everyone “a future of endlessly expanding new choices”. (54 ) ________ Of course, the ex-astronaut and businessman Charles Conrad agrees. “I’m trying to get affordable space transportation up and operative so that everybody can enjoy space. And by the way, the Japanese are hard at work building a space hotel.” (55 ) ________ If he is right, mass space travel will have arrived by 2050 and space tourism will have become a viable industry. More importantly, the human race will have made serious progress in crossing that final frontier. A.
Companies will always be looking for profit. For this reason, the SFF is not in favor o f, missions to Mars, claiming that there’s nothing in it for investors. At the same time, they that these missions could bring scientific benefits.
B. He sees the NASA program as a bit o f a dinosaur. “25 years after the Wright Brothers, people could buy a commercial plane ticket... but many years after landing on the moon, we sat around watching old astronauts on TV talking about the good old days. ” C. In 1997, the SFF ran a survey on the Internet, called “Cheap Access to Space”, where it asked American taxpayers for their views on the U.S space program and on what American’s future priorities should be in space transportation. D.
U.S government officials don ’t see the future for space tourism. Here again, private companies may well prove them wrong. David Ashford, director o f Bristol Spaceplanes Limited, once said that space tourism would begin ten years after people stopped laughingfit the concept. Recently, he added this striking comment: “people have stopped laughing. ”
E.
Charles Conrad is due to speak there. But his company is in fact only one o f several that already have blueprints for getting into space and back cheaply. Rotary is working on something that would be launched like a rocket but return like a helicopter. Pioneer Rocket plane believes there could be a million dollar market in delivering packages from one side o f the planet to the other in an hour.
F.
They would like to see “irreversible human settlement” in space as soon as possible and maintain that this will only happen through free enterprise. “Building buildings and driving trucks is not what astronauts should be doing; tlMi&what the private sector does. ”
G
“Cheap” is an im pfil^iQ pk'd in space technology nowadays and re-useable rockets will be a key way o f controlling cqsfk^They will deliver things to orbits, bring stuff back to Earth and then go up again, perhaps taps with machinery i for a space factory, or even carrying tourists. Your answers:
51.
A
[5Z
53.
54.
55.
Questions 56-65: Read the following passage and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each numbered blank. Write your answers into the box below. CRITICISM It call take a long time to become successful in your chosen field, however (56)______ you are. One thing you have to be (57)______ of is that you will face criticism along the way. The world is (58)_______ of people who would rather say something negative than positive. If you’ve made up your (59)______ to achieve a certain goal, such as writing a novel, don’t let the negative criticism of others (60)______ you from reaching your target, and let constructive criticism have a positive effect on your work. If someone says you’re totally (61) ______ talent, ignore them. That’s negative criticism. If, however, someone advises you to revise your work and gives you good reasons for doing so, you should (62)______ their suggestions carefully. There are many film stars who were once out of work. There are many famous novelists who made a complete (63)______ of their first novel - or who didn’t, but had to (64)_______ Page 4/6
approaching hundreds of publishers before they could get it published. Being successful does (65)__ on luck, to a certain extent. But things are more likely to turn out well if you preserve and stay positive. 56. A. talented B. invested C. mixed D. workable 57. A. alert B. cleaver C. intelligent D. aware 58. A. overflowing B. full C. filled D. packed 59. A. mind B. brain C. thought D. idea B. remove 60. A. cease C. avoid D. prevent 61. A. lacking B. short C. missing D. absent 62. A. think B. consider D. take C. look round 63. A. rubbish B. trash D. garbish C. mess 64. A. put off B. bank on C. keep on D. drop in on 65. A. require B. depend C. need D. trust Your answers: 56. 57. 58. 59. 60f . V 1 62. 64. 61. 63. Questions 66-75: Read the passage carefully, then fill in each blank with ONE suitable word. Write your answers into the box below. Maybe you recycle cans, glass, and paper. Do you know that nature recycles, too? One of the things nature (66)______ is water. Water goes from oceans, lakes, and rivers into the air. Water falls from the air as (67)______ or snow. Rain and snow eventually find their way back to the oceans. Nature’s recycling program for water is (68)______ the water cycle. The water cycle has four stages: storage, evaporation, precipitation, and runoff. Water on Earth gets stored in oceans, lakes, rivers, ice, and even underground. Water goes from storage into the atmosphere by a (69)______ called evaporation. When water evaporates, it changes from a liquid (70)______ a gas, called water vapor. Water vapor goes up into (71) ______ atmosphere. Water returns to the Earth as precipitation in rain or snow by changing into drops of water when the air (72)______ cold enough. Clouds are collections of water droplets. MosUprecipitation (73)______ into the oceans and goes right back into storage. Water that falls on land always flows from (74)_______ places to lower ones. This flow is called runoff. Water from land flows into streams. Streams join (75) to make rivers and eventually the water flows into storage in the oceans. Then the water cycle starts all over again. Your answers: 66. 67. 69. 70. j* . 71.
72
JN
73.
74.
75.
PART IV: WRITING (25 poitns) Questions 76-80: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. 76. The teachers agreed to introduce the new methods. ■=> There was______________________________________________________________________ 77. There was no need for you to have gone to all that trouble. * ________________________________________________________________________________________
78. It’a sad, but unemployment is unlikely to go down this year. ■=>S ad __________________________________________________________________________ 79. You must never mention this secret to him. ■=> Under 80. If you were in the situation I’m in, you’d feel the same. I f you p u t__________________________________ Questions 81-85: Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 81. I was about to leave when she turned up. (POINT) Page 5/6
■=>I was__________________________________ when she turned up. 82. I wasn't expecting my colleagues to organise a farewell party on my last day at the company. (TAKEN) ■=> I __________________________________ when my colleagues organised a farewell party on my last day at the company. 83. Considering that Luke is so young, you must admit he’s making excellent progress as a musician. (ACOOUNT) ■=>If you__________________________________ young Luke is, you must admit he’s making excellent progress as a musician. 84. Peter was in trouble with his boss because he didn’t finish an important project by the deadline. (HOT) ■=> Peter w a s _______________________________________ because he didn’t finish an important project by the deadline. 85. You should punish him severely so that others will be afraid to behave as he did. ( e x a m p l e ) ■=> You should_______________________________________ so that others will be afraid to b eh a^ .a3 fie did.
Questions 86-100: Do you agree or disagree with the following statement? "Fust food is becoming a part o f our daily life. Some people argue that fast food has negative effects on our lifestyle and diet. ” Write about 250 words to support your opinion (and do not include your personal information).
THE END Page 6/6
ĐÁP ÁN HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM
TRƯỜNG THPTCHUYÊN
ĐỀ KIỂM TRA KIẾN THỨC
NGUYỄN HUỆ
VÀO LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN - LẦN III NĂM 2016 Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH (CHUYÊN) - Tổng điểm toàn bài: 100 (ũểm (100 câu X 1 điểm) Điểm cuối cùng rút gọn = 10 điểm - Từ câu 1 đến câu 85 X 1 ¿uểm = 85 điểm; từ câu 85-100: bài viết luận = 15 điểm - Chủ ỷ: Khi cộng điểm toàn bài, giám khảo chẩm làm tròn điểm đến 0,25/0,5/0,75 (lẻ 0,1 - 0,2 làm tròn thành 0,25; lẻ 0,3 - 0,4 làm tròn thành 0,5; lẻ 0,6 -0 ,7 làm tròn thành 0,75) PART I: LISTENING: (15pts) You are going to listen (TWICE) to a man talking about his trips. Listen and complete th e^sks. Questions 1-5: Decide whether these statements are True (T) or False (F). Write yo^ir answi tiswers in the box below. (5.0 poitns) Your answers: 1. F (rug buyer) 2. F (Europe and 3. T 4.T X ts. Ể*(on the Internet
Ö
Jr
Asia) Questions 6-15: Complete the table. Write NO MORE THAN TWO for each answer. Write your answers into the box below. (10 poitns) (itns) Your answers: 6. historical 7. boat
and in books)
AND/OR A NUMBER
8. crafts
9. carpet
10. India
13.
14. birds
15. poisonous
buildings 11. Museum
12. Indian silk
PART II: PRONUNCIATION, VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR (35 points) Questions 16-17: Choose the word (A, ^ C or D) whose underlined part ispronounceddifferently from that of the others. Write your answers into the box below. Questions 18-20: Choose the word (A, or D) that differs from the others in theposition of the primary stress. Write your answers into the box below. (5.0 poitns) Your answers: 16. c
J y .tt
18. D
19. D
20. B
Questions 21-30: Choose the best option (A, B, C or D) to complete each of the following sentences. Write your answers into the box below. (10 poitns) Your answers: 24. D 2 1 .c 22. B 23. D 25. A 2 6
.c
27. D
28. B
29.
c
30. A
Complete the sentences with the appropriate phrasal verbs from the box in their correct form. There are two extra ones that you do not need to use. Write your answers into the box below. (10 poitns) Your answers: 31. bear up 32. looking on 34. carrying out 35. join in 33. dropped off 36. died down
37. calling for
38. came by I had 39. gave away
40. take over
come by
Page 7/6
Questions 41-50: Complete the following passage by writing the correct form of the words given in brackets. Write your answers into the box below. (10 poitns) Your answers: 45. ascertain 41. comparatively 42. additional 43. various 44. notoriously 46. inconclusive
47. researchers
48. rigorous
49. rainfall
50. findings
PART III:READING COMPREHENSION (25 points) Questions 51-55: You are going to read a magazine article on space travel. Five paragraphs have been removed from the article. Choose from the paragraphs A-G the one which fits each gap (51^ 5^55). 55). There is one extra paragraph which you do not need to use. There is an example at the begir eginning (0). Write your answers into the box below. Your answers: 0. G 52. E 53. C 54. F 51. B
N$r
G
Questions 56-65: Read the following passage and decide which answer numbered blank. Write your answers into the box below. Your answers: 56. A 57. D 58. B 59. A V 62. B 61. A 63. C
r D best fits each 60. D 65. B
lank with ONE suitable word. Write Questions 66-75: Read the passage carefully, then fill in your answers into the box below. Your answers: 66. recycles 67. rain 68. called _ 69. process 70. into 71. the 72. gets / is 73. falls A 74. high 75. together PART IV: WRITING (25 poitns) Questions 76-80: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. (5.0 poitns) 76. ■=> There was an agreement among the teachers to introduce the new methods. 77. ■=> You needn’t have gone to all that trouble. / You didn’t need to go to all that trouble. 78. O Sad as it is, unemployment is unlikely to go down this year. 79. ■=> Under no circumstance must you mention this secret to him. 80. ■=>I f you put yourself in my place/position/situation, you would feel the same. Questions 81-85: Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. (5.0 poitns) 81. ■=>I was on the point o f leaving when she turned up. 82. ■=> I was taken by surprise when my colleagues organised a farewell party on my last day at the company. c=i\l^you take into account how young Luke is, you must admit he’s making excellent progress as a musician. 84. ■=>Peter was in hot water because he didn’t finish an important project by the deadline. 85. ■=>You should make an example o f him so that others will be afraid to behave as he did. Questions 86-100 (15 poitns): Do you agree or disagree with the following statement? “Fast food is becoming a part o f our daily life. Some people argue that fast food has negative effects on our lifestyle and dietn Write about 250 words to support your opinion (and do not include your personal information). THE END Page 8/6
TT B ỒI DƯỠNG VĂN HÓA
HANOI - AMSTERDAM
ĐỀ TH I TH Ử VÀO L t o 10 CHUYÊN TH PT Năm học : 2016-2017
Diêm
Chữ kí GK
Môn th i: TIÉNG ANH (CHUYÊN) Thời gian làm bài : 120 phút ị Thí sinh ìàm bài vào tờ giấy nay) (Không được dùng bất cứ loại từ điên hav tài liệu nào)
PART A: PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that o f th each group. (5 pts.) 1. B. transfer D. A. facsimile C. spacious 2. A. swallow B. switch c. sweet D. sword 3. B. extinct D. coexist A. scenic C. decrease 4. A. agreed B.boxed C. based D. listened 5. B. of ^ ^ • D . fly A. off C. if II. Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that o f the others in each group. (5 pts.) 1. c . embarrassing D. situation A. appreciate B. experience 2. A. excited B. interested c. confident D. memorable 3. A. floppy B. embrace C. cotton D. idol c . terrify 4. A. complain B. destroy D. imagine 5. A. carefully B. correctly c . seriously D. personally PART B: LEXICO AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the best answer to complete iach e> of the following sentences. Write your answer (A, B, c or D) in the box provided. (20 pts.) 1. The weather is going to change s#on; I%el it in my A. body X ^ s C.skin D. bones 2. Before the invention of the Internet, people couldn’t _____ of such universal access to information. A. reminisce B. conceive C. contemplate D. access 3. __________ , Americans eat a light breakfast. They don’t eat a lot of food in the morning. A. By and large JB. Fair and square C. Ins and outs D. Odds and ends 4. There has been a recommendation that Peter _ _ the president of the country. A. will be elected B. be elected C. is elected D. was elected 5. For a whole mont^Muslims_______ eating and drinking during daylight hours A. abstain from B. keep from c . stay from D. stand from 6. TV advertising in the late afternoon tends to _ young children. A. target B. point C. focus D. aim 7. He tram:l&i____ for 20 years and then he decided to return home. A. farther away B. far from it C. far and wide D. farthest of all 8. No matter how angry he was, he would never____ to violence. A. refuse B. resort C. resist D. resolve 9. Simon.......................... in me on the understanding that I wouldn't tell anyone else. A. confided B. intimated C. confessedD.disclosed 1
10. If you want to be a rock star, talent helps, but what it really..............down to is luck. A. boils B. revolves C. centers D. refines 11. That argument is no good: it won’t ..................... A. hold water B. blossom C. make water D. pass water 12. If you get measles, you w ill......................... in spots. A. break out B. break up C. break D. break down 13. Insults roll off him like w ater........................ A. down a drain B. on a tin roof C. into the river D. off a duck’s baa back 14. Go to the C hinese........................ and bring back a grilled pork chop. A. carry-away B. carry-on C. take-away D. fast-courses 15. As a result of governm ent...................... , more jobs were lost. A. cut-aways B. cut-backs C. cuttings D. drop-backs 16. No one knows precisely how much he earns a month, but $ 5.000 can’t b e ................ tfil^arget. A.far B. broad C. wide D. distal 17. She insisted that the reporter_______ her as his source of information. A. not mention B. doesn’t mention C. hadn’t mentioned dn’t mention 18. Look, will you stop______ in and let me finish my sentence! A. plugging B. pushing C. butting 19. We put his rude m anner______ ignorance of our British customs,, A. up to B. down to C. off at 2 0 .1 would rather yo u ______the office phone for personal purpose. A. shouldn’t have used B. shouldn’t use C. not to use D. didn’t use
1 2 4 3 5 d / 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 18 20 13 17 19 II. Give the correct form o f the word in brackets to completirthe following passage. Write your answer in the box provided. (5 pts.) Mount Mulanje in Malawi is the highest mountain in (1. CENTRE) Africa, part of a range which comprises no fewer than twenty peaks over 2,500 meters. The range is readily (2. ACCESS) by road and a day’s drive allow a (3. LEISURE) circumnavigation. More energetic visitors, particularly walkers and climbers, are rewarded with an experience that is (4.FORGET). Mulanje is a (5. BREATH) sight, visible for miles around. The giant slab of rock appears to protrude almost vertically from the plaiiPChis impression is borne out by the existence of the longest sheer rock-face in Africa, demanding for even the most skilled (6. MOUNTAIN). The explanation for this dramatic geography lies in the rock: hard granite, very (7/RES1ST) to erosion, which contrasts with the softer rocks of the plains. Most visitors remain on the lower, gentler slopes, making use of forest huts for overnight accommodation. The trek up the foothills, along clearly defined paths, is not overly (8. CHALLENGE) but may take up to a week. As the climate cools gradually, almost (9. PERCEPTIBLE), with every few meters of altitude gained, so the full diversity of fauna and flora is revealed in all its (10. SPLENDID).
1. We’re all very obliged______ 2. He escaped by passing himself
you as a guard. 2
danger. 3. He’s quite careless 4. When she sets an examination, she always tries to avoid crossing the part of a woman. 5. I’ve been so anxious____ ___ you. 6. She refused to be a party _ _____________ any violence. 7. Embarrassment rooted her ______________ the spot. 8. This service is free ________________ charge. 9. the devil and the deep blue sea. 10. We cannot afford to take risks when people’s lives are stake. IV. Underline and correct ten mistakes in the following passage. Write the corrections in t, right. (lOpts.)______________________________________________________ Research has found that children took on a supermarket trip make a purchase request every two minutes. More than $200 million a year is now spent on advertising directly to children, most of them on television. That figure is likely to increase and it 3 is in the supermarket aisles that the investment is most likely to be successful. For % children, the reasons behind their parents’ decisions about that they can and cannot L5 . afford are often unclear and arguments about how bad sugar is for your teeth are L6 . inconvincing when compared with the attractively and emotionally persuasive L7 . advertising campaigns. L8 . According to Susan Dibb of the National Food Alliance, ‘Most parents concerned L9 . about what they give their children to eat and have ideas about what food is healthy - L10 although those ideas are not always accurate. Obviously%s\ | i ^/dialogue among LI 1 parents and children is a good thing, because if the c^ily information children are L12 getting about productivity is from TV advertising, they are getting a very one-side L13 view. Parents resent the fact that they are competing with advertising industry and L14 are forced into the position of repeated disappointing their children. ’ The Independent L15 Television Commission, which regulates TV advertising, prohibits advertisers from L16 telling children to ask their parents to buy products.___________________________ L17 PART C: READING I.Read the following passage and answehthe questions by choosing the options A, B, C or D. Write your answer (A, B, C or D) in the box provided. (10 pts.) EXOTIC AND ENDANGERED SPECIES When you hear somefciebubbling enthusiastically about an exotic species, you can safely bet the speaker isn’t an ecologist. This is a name for a resident of an established community that was deliberately or accidentally moved from its home range and became established elsewhere. Unlike most imports, which can’t take hold outside their hol||r range, an exotic species permanently insinuates itself into a new community. Sometimes the additions are harmless and even have beneficial effects. More often, they make native species endangered species, which by definition are extremely vulnerable to extinction. Of all species on the rare or endangered lists or that recently became extinct, close to 70 percent owe their precarious existence or demise f^ Iis p la te m e n t by exotic species. Two examples are included here to illustrate the problem. During the 1800s, British settlers in Australia just couldn’t bond with the koalas and kangaroos, so they started kto^import familiar animals from their homeland. In 1859, in what would be the start of a wholesale disaster, a northern Australian landowner imported and then released two dozen wild European rabbits (Oryctolagus cuniculus). Good food and good sport hunting - that was the idea. An ideal rabbit habitat with no natural predators was the reality. Six years later, the landowner had killed 20,000 rabbits and was besieged by 20,000 more. The rabbits displaced livestock, even kangaroos. Now Australia has 200 to 300 million hippityhopping through the southern 3
half of the country. They overgraze perennial grasses in good times and strip bark from shrubs and trees during droughts. You know where they’ve been; they transform grasslands and shrub lands into eroded deserts. They have been shot and poisoned. Their warrens have been plowed under, fumigated, and dynamited. Even when all-out assaults reduced their population size by 70 percent, the rapidly reproducing imports made a comeback in less than a year. Did the construction of a 2,000-mile-long fence protect Western Australia? No. Rabbits made it to the other side before workers finished the fence. In 1951, government works introduced a myxoma virus by way of mildly infected South American rabbits, its normal hosts. This virus causes myxomatosis. The disease has mild effects on South American rabbits that coevolved with the virus but nearly always had lethal effects on O. cuniculus. Biting insects, mainly mosquitoes and flenses against the novel virus, the European rabbits dies in droves. But, as you mieh\expect, natural selection has since favored rapid growth of populations of O. cuniculus resistant to the virusA ^ In 1991, on an uninhabited island in Spencer Gulf, Australian researchers released p o p u la tio n of rabbits that they had injected with a calcivirus. The rabbits died quickly and relatively painlessly from blood clots in their lungs, hearts, and kidneys. In 1995, the test virus escaped from the island, possibly on insect vectors. It has been killing 80 to 95 percent of the adult rabbits in Australian regions. At this w ritin g researches are now questioning whether the calcivirus should be used on a widespread scale, whether it can jump boundaries and infect animals other than rabbits (such as humans), and what the long - term consequences will be. A vine called kudzu (Puerarialobata) was deliberately imported from Japan to the United States, where it faces no serious threats from herbivores, pathogens, or competitor p l^ jt s jL temperate parts of Asia, it is a well - behaved legume with a well - developed root system. It seemed ljt>s a good idea to use it to control erosion on hills and highway embankments in the southeastern United States. (A) With nothing to stop it, though, kudzu’s shoots grew a third of a meter per day. Vines now blanketetream banks, trees, telephone poles, houses, and almost everything else in their path. Attempts to dig up or bum kudzu are futile. Grazing goats and herbicides help, but goats eat other plants, to, and herbicides contaminate water supplies. (B) Kudzu could reach the Great Lakes by the year 2040. On the bright side, a Japanese firm is constructing a kudzu farm and processing plant in Alabama. The idea is to export the starch to Asia, where the demana currently exceeds the supply. (C) Also, kudzu may eventually help reduce logging operations. (D) At the Georgia Institute of Technology, researchers report that kudzu might become an alternative source for paper.
1. Based on the information in paragraph J, which o f the follow ing best explains the term ‘‘exotic species "? A. Animals or plants on the rare species list B. A permanent resident in an established community C. A species that has been to a different community D. An import that failSj^thrivc outside of its home range 2. The world itself in tk ejm ssa ze refers to A. most imports B. new community C. home range D. exotic species 3. The word bond in the passage is closest in meaning to A. move B. connect C. live D. fight 4. According to the author, why did the plan to introduce rabbits in Australia fa il? A. The rabbits were infected with a contagious vims. B. Most Australians did not like the rabbits. C. No natural predators controlled the rabbit population. D. Hunters killed the rabbits for sport and for food. 5. A ll o f the follow ing methods were used to control the rabbit population in Australia EXC EPT A. They were poisoned. B. Their habitats were buried. C. They were moved to deserts. D. They were surrounded by fences 6. Why does the author mention mosquitoes a ndfleas in paragraph 5?
A. Because they are the origin of the myxoma virus B. Because they carry the myxoma virus to other animals C. Because they die when they are infected by myxomaD. Because they have an immunity to the myxoma virus 4
7. According to paragraph 6, the Spencer G u lf experiment was dangerous because A. insect populations were exposed to a virus B. rabbits on the island died from a virus C. the virus may be a threat to humans D. some animals are immune to the virus 8. Why does the author give details about the kudzu farm and processing p lant in paragraph 8? A. To explain why kudzu was imported from abroad B. To argue that the decision to plant kudzu was a good one C. To give a reason for kudzu to be planted in Asia D. To offer partial solutions to the kudzu problem 9. Which o f the follow ing statements most accurately reflects the a u th o r’s opinion about exotic spe A. Exotic species should be protected by ecologists. B. Importing an exotic species can solve many problems. C. Ecologists should make the decision to import an exotic species. D. Exotic species are often disruptive to the ecology. 10. L ook at (A), (B), (C), (D) in the last two paragraphs. Where the follow ing sentej the passage (A), (B), (C), or (D)? Asians use a starch extract from kudzu in drinks, herbc
1 2 4 3 5 6 II. Read the text below and write one word in each space to complete it. Write your answer in the box provided. (lOpts.) Society has changed in many ways since the introduction of computers, and people's lives at home and at the office have been (1) _______ . Most people are «olking for fewer hours per week than they (2) _______ to, and manufacturers and advertising agencie^are bacoming much more interested in (3)________ people spend this extra leisure time. One recent report stated that (4) the number of hobbies had not increased; each hobby had become more specialized. A second (5)_______ is that nowadays, many managers would rather spend time with their families than stay (6 )_______ in the office every day. Home life seems to be just as important as working. Some companies now make managers (7 )_______ their annual holidays even if they don't want to, because this leads to such an (8)_______ in their performance if they have some rest. In spite of these changes, some p lto l^ re working harder than ever before. The standard of exams is getting higher, and increased competition is (9)_______ it harder to get into university than it was 20 years ago. School children and students are now having to work so hard that in many cases they work (10)_______ hours than their parents. 1 2 k V \ 4 3 5 6 y 8 9 10 PART D: WRIT^CL I. Rewrite each of the following sentences using the word(s) given so that its meaning stays the same. (lOpts.) ^ 1.1 have frequently made stupid mistakes like that. => Many's................................................................................................................................................. 2 .1 rardl^sleep in the afternoon. => I’m not in ............................................................................................................................................. 3. You think that fat people are always jolly, but you are wrong. => Contrary.............................................................................................................................................. 4. It was not until five years had elapsed that the whole truth about the murder came out. .
.
.
5
=> Not for.............................................................................................................................. 5. Erika said I had caused the accident. => Erika blamed..................................................................................................................... 6.My grandfather had completely forgotten that he phoned me last night. (RECOLLECTION) => My grandfather didn’t have............................................................................................... 7. Many customs restrictions within the EC have been abolished. (AWAY) => Many customs.................................................................................................................... 8. At the moment I can’t afford to buy a new car. (QUESTION) => At the moment............................................................................................ 9. Students at the school are not allowed to go into the Rainbow Disco. (BOX => The Rainbow Disco..................................................................................... 10.When they broke the news, she stayed perfectly calm and controlled. (HAII => When they broke the news......................................................................... II. Write a composition about the following topic: Food-safety violations, including using improved fertilizers increasing at an alarming rate. What suggestions would you give
uc chemicals to produce foods, are ue these problems?
You should write about 250 words. (20 pts.)
6
KEY ĐỀ THI THỬ MÔN TIẾNG ANH (CHUY ÊN) Total points: 100
PARTA I. (5 pts. ) II. (5 pts.) 1D
1C 2A
2D 3B
3A 4C
4B 5B
5B
PART B I. (20 pts.) 2B 12A
ID 11A
3A 13D
4B 14C
5A 15B
6A 16C
7C 17A
8B ệ9A i s c J N 19B
10A 20D
II. (5 pts.)
1. central 6. mountaineer(s)
2. accessible 7. resistant
3. leisurely 8. challenging
3. about/ of
5. about/ for
III. (5 pts.) 1.to
2. off
4. out, for
6. to
4. unforgmettable 9. imperceptibly
V 7.to
8. of
5. breath-taking 10. splendor / (our)
9.between 10. at
IV. (10 pts.) Research has found that children took on a supermarket trip make a purchase request every two minutes. More than $200 million a year is now spent on advertising directly to children, most of them on television. That figure is likely to increase and it is in the supermarket aisles that the investment is most likely to be successful. For children, the reasons behind their parents’ decisions about that they can and cannot afford are often unclear and arguments about how bad sugar is for your teeth are inconvincins when compared with the attractively and emotionally persuasive advertising campaign^^ According to Susan Dibb of the National Food Alliance, ‘Most parents concerned about what they give their children to eat and have ideas about what food is healthy - although those ideas are not always accurate. Obviously, such a dialogue amone parents and children is a good thing, because if the only information children are getting about productivity is from TV advertising , they are getting a very one-side view . Parents resent the fact that they are competing with the advertising industry and are forced into the position of repeated disappointing their children.’ The Independent Television Commission , which regulates TV advertising, prohibits advertisers from telling chKdren to ask their parents to buy products.
LI...taken... L2..................... L3 ...it........ L 4 .................... L5 ...what........ L7.unconvincing L7 attractive L8 L9 L10 are concerned LI 1 ... L12... between L13 products / L13 one-sided LI5 repeatedly L16..... ’ L17 ......
PART c I. (10 pts.) 1C
2D
3B
4C
5C
6B
7C
8D
9D
10.C 7
II. (10 pts.) 1. affected/ influenced 6. late
2.used
3.how
4.(al)though
5.finding/ change
7. take
8. improvement
9. making
10. longer
PART D t o
I. (10 pts.)
/
O zL
1. Many's the time that I have made stupid mistakes like that 2. I ’m not in a / the habit o f sleeping in the afternoon. 3. Contrary to your thought/ belief/ opinion/what you think, fat p e o p H y ^ not always jolly. 4. Not for another five years did the the whole truth about the murder come out. 5. Erika blamed me for causing/ having caused the accident. 6. M y grandfather didn’t have any recollection o f phoning me last night. 7. 8. 9.
ay with. M any customs restrictions within the EC have been done away At the moment me / my buying a new car is out o f the quests o f bounds to Ss at the school.
10. When they broke the news, she did not turn a hair.
5*
The Rainbow Disco is out
11. (20 pts.) 1. Content: 10 pts - a provision o f all main ideas and details as appropriate. 2. Language: 5 pts - a variety o f vocabulary and structures 3. Presentation: 5 pts - coherence, cohesion, and style...
o*
THE END.
8
ĐÈ THI THỬ VÀO LỚP 10 THPT LÀN 3 MỎN: TIÉNG ANH (Dành cho mọi th ỉ sinh thi vào trường Chuyên) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (Không kể thời gian giao đề) (Đề thi gồm 04 trang) ỉ, Tim lỗi sai trong mỗi câu sau. Câu 1: What have fashion designers did to modernize the Ao dai? A. What B. designers c. did Câu 2: A new school is going to build in the town center.
D. modernize
A. is going to B. build c. in Câu 3: My parents were strict. They wouldn't let me to stay out late in thi A. strict B. wouldn't c. to stay Câu 4: I’ll help you, I'm sure you aren't enough strong to lift it on A. I’m
B. aren’t
c. enough
stroi
II, Chọn đáp án thích hop điên vào cô trông trong đoạn văn sau(Từ câu 5 đên câu 10) The Ballpoint pen People wrote with feather pens and then used pens (5) ... metal points. They had to dip the point into ink after every few letters. Next someone invented a fountain pen that could hold ink inside it. A fountain pen can write several pages before you have to (6 )... it again. Two Hungarian brothers, Ladislao and Georg Biro, invented the ballpoint pen that we all (7) ... today. They left Hungary and started making ballpoint pens (8) ... England in 1943 during World War II. V English pilots liked them. They (9) ... write fountain pen in airplane because ink leaked out. Later, a French company called Bic brought the Biro’s company. Some people call a ballpoint pen a bic. Australians call them biros. Whatever we (1 0 )... them, we use them every day. Câu 5: A. of B. by D. with c. in Câu 6: Câu 7:
A. empty A. work
B. full B. use
Câu 8: Câu 9:
A. out of
B. on B. can
Câu
10:
l\, A. c m
B. called
c. help c. waste c. at c, can’t c. would call
D. fill D. spend D. in D. couldn’t D. will call
.
III, Chọn đáp án đủng cho môi câu sau (Từ câu 11 đên câu 30) Câu 11: The ring is made ... plastic so it’s worthless. * A . by B. of c. in
>'
D. with
Câu 12: I prefer going by motorcycle to going by bus because it is more . .. . A. convenient B. inconvenient c. inconveniently D. conveniently Câu 13: My father ... in the city post office for 20 years.
B. has worked
A. worked
c. works
Câu 14: It usually ... me half an hour to go to school on foot. A. takes B. take c. took
D. had worked D. has taken
Câu 15: How long ... able to drive? ~ Since 2002 A. were you B. could you c. have you been Câu 16: The students ... to be present in class at 2:00 pm
D. are you
A. tell B. have told c . were told D. told Câu 17: Tan usually wears uniform at school. At home he wears ... clothes. A. casual B. formal c. casually D. occasional Câu 18: Famous designers started making their own ... of jeans, with their own labeE A. makes B. styles c. marks Câu 19: People like jeans. Jeans have never been out o f ... . A. fashioner
B. fashion
c. fashionable
Câu 20: What have fashion designers done ... the Ao dai? A. to modeming B. to modem c. to modemer Câu 21: Some designers have taken ... from Vietnam’s etl A. inspired B. inspiration c. inspiri Câu 22: The flight to New York from Hong Kong A. was delayed B. delaying
bei
Câu 23: The new stadium ... last year. A. was finished B. had finished
D. have been finished
Câu 24: We wish we ... the letter to the director after the strike, but we didn’t. A. sent B. send c. have sent D. had sent Câu 25: in the 18th... jean cloth was made completely from cotton. A. decade B. century c. year D. All are correct Câu 26: People like wearing jeans because the material doesn’t ... easily. A. wear away Câu 27: .
c. wear on
D. wear in
the Ao dai was frequently worn by both men and women.
A. Traditioner
B. Tradition
c. Traditional
D. Traditionally
Câu 28: Why ... you come to the class meeting yesterday? A. won’t B. don’t c. couldn’t
D. can’t
Câu 29: e ... any news from him yet. A.. hai hadn’t received B. received
D. haven’t received
Câu 30: The , material
)
B. wear out
c. receive
called jean, was named after sailors from Genoa. B. substance c. element
D. thing
IV, Chọn tù' mà phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác các từ còn lại (31-34) Câu 31: A- asked B. received c. laughed D. washed Câu 32: A. stop B. shop c . drop D. post Câu
33:A. pretty
B. tent
c. mend
D. send
c
Câu 34: A. of
c. leaf
B. knife
D. wife
V, Chọntừ có trọng âm khác các từ còn lại (35-37) Câu 35: A. surprise B. answer c. ticket
D. language
Câu 36: Câu 37:
D. attend D. honey
A. model A. reply
c. goodbye c. affect
B. prefer B. surround
VI, Chọn đáp án đúng cho câu viết lại sau (38-45) Câu 38: After fighting for 12 hours the firemen succeeded in putting it out. managed... A. putting out the fire after fighting for 12 hours. B. to put out the fire before fighting for 12 hours,
&
c. put out the fire after fighting it 12 hours. D. to put the fire out after fighting it for 12 hours.
Câu 39: it was such good weather that we went swimming.y. , -» The weather A. was good enough that we went swimming.
CT
B. was too good that we went swimming, c. was so good that we went swimming. D. was such good that we went swimming.
Câu 40: it was not until midnight that I finished th< homework. —> 1 couldn’t A. be finish the homework before midnight. B. finish the homework before midnight,
c. finish the homework after midnight. D. be finished the homework after midnight. Câu 41: He couldn’t repair the broken vase. —>The A. broken vase could be repaired. B. broken vase couldn’t be repair. C. broken vase couldn’t repair.
D. broken vase couldn’t be repaired.
Câu 42: It was such bad coffee that he couldn’t drink it. -» The coffee A. was so bad for him to drink. B. was too bad for him to drink,
c. was such bad for him to drink it.
D- was so bad that he couldn’t drink
Câu 43: There’s no need for you to talk so loudly. —> You don’t ______________ A. need talking so loudly. c . need to talk so loudly.
B. need talk so loudly, D. needn’t to talk so loudly.
Câl 44: That restaurant is so dirty that no one wants to eat there. —» it is such Câu A. a dirty restaurant for no one wants to eat there. . B. dirty restaurant that no one wants to eat there,
c. a dirty restaurant that no one wants to eat there. D. dirty that no one wants to eat there. Câu 45: He had a weak heart which meant he couldn’t walk very far. —> His heart A. was so weak that he couldn’t walk very far.
B. was too weak that he couldn’t walk very far.
C. was very weak that he couldn’t walk very far. D . was such weak that he couldn’t walk very far.
VỈI, Đọc đoạn văn và chọn đáp án đúng hoàn thành thông tin ở dưới To do well at school, college or university you usually need to do well in exams. All the students hate exams’ may be a generalization, but it is fairly true one. Certainly, all of the students I’ve known disliked doing exams. None of them thought that the exam system was fair; to do well in an exam you simply had to be able to predict the questions which would be asked. This was the case as regards two students in my class at college. Both of them were exceptionally bright, but in the final year exam neither of them got an A grade. In fact, they both got Cs. The exam had tested us on questions which had come up the previous year. They had both assumed that the same questions wouldn’t come up again, and hadn’t prepared for them. Câu 46: Students need to do well in exam ______________________________________________ A. in order to do well at school. B. Because they need to do well at school. C. So that to do well at school D . Therefore they have to do well at school C au47: The statement all the students hate exams is A. extremely true B. completely true
C. quite true D . very true.
Câu 48: Which o f the following sentences Not true ? mces is Nn A. All of the students the writer have known thought that the exam system was unfair. B. To do well in an exam ;am you simply had the ability to predict the questions which would be asked.
C. None of the students; the writer writ have known disliked doing exams. D . All the students who hate exams is fairy true generalization
Câu 49: Why did the two students in the writer’s class get C grades in the final exam? A. Because the exam was really difficult. B. Because they didn’t prepare for the questions that had come up the previous year. C. Because they were dull students. Because the questions weren’t in their lessons. 50: The writers main purpose o f writing the passage is to ____________________ A. describe the importance of exams. B. discuss how exams not really set valuation of students’ abilities
C. explain the equality in examinations. D . criticize the exam system. ------------- t h
e end
SỞ GIÁO DỤC V À ĐÀO TẠO AN GIANG
ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC
ĐỀ THI TUYÊN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 Năm học: 2015 2016 Khóa ngày: 18/ 6/ 2015 MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thòi gian phát đề) (Thí sinh làm bài trên giấy thi; đề thi có 02 trang)
I - Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. (0.5 point) 1. A. trip B. river c. life D. city 2. A. rested B. hiked c. dressed D. advanced II - Choose the word that has the different stress. (0.5 point) 1. A. city B. poem c. advice 2. A. uniform B. assistant c. collection
D. Children D. professor
III - Choose the best option (A, B, c or D) to complete the sentences. (2.0 points) 1. Neil Armstrong, who first walked.................... the moon, lived in the USA. A. in B. on c. at D. above 2. My grandmother used to ..................us folktales. A. tells B. told c. telling D. tell 3. This bicycle..................ten years ago. A. makes B. made c. is made D. was made 4. - H ello. You must be Maryam. - .................. A. That's all right. Thanks B. That's OK. I must be. c. That's right. I am D. Oh, yes, very much. 5. I am very proud.................. my school. A. from B. at c. of D. off 6....................a dentist, Mike is very concerned about having healthy teeth. A. Because B. He is c. As D. That he is 7. "I have an idea. Let's go for a swim on Sunday afternoon". - "..................” A. OK, what time? B. You're kidding c. I know D. I'm sure 8. I'd love to play football..................I have to complete an assignment. A. but B. and c. because D. or IV - Read the passage and choose the correct answer. (1.0 point) Among the festivals celebrated by some of Asian people is the Moon Cake Festival, also known as the MidAugust Festival. A large number of small round moon cakes are eaten on this day, and children enjoy carrying colorful paper lanterns that come in all shapes; the more popular ones are shaped like fish, rabbits and butterflies. According to them, the moon shines brightest on the night of the Moon Cake Festival. As the moon rises, tables are placed outside the house and women make offerings of fruit and moon cakes to the Moon Goddess. 1. What does the passage mainly discuss ? A. Festivals B. Rice-cooking festival C. Lunar new year D. Mid-August Festival 2. The phrase " Mid-August Festival" can be replaced by______________ A. Mid-Autumn Festival B. Early-Autumn Festival C. Late-Autumn Festival D. Autumn Festival 3. What types of food do Asian people usually eat on this day? A. moon cakes B. sticky-rice cake C. fruit D. fish 4. What is NOT mentioned in the passage ? A. paper lanterns B. moon shines C. moon cakes D. lion-dancing
V - Read the following passage and choose the best answer (A, B, C, or D) for each blank. (1.0 point) Newspapers, magazines, and books are the written media. Newspapers are one of the main sources for spreading news and events (1)..................the world. Radio and television supply information and entertainment to the public. Motion pictures are one of the most (2)..................forms of entertainment. Movies can also teach people many other subjects. The multimedia computer helps students learn about a particular topic in a (3)..................of ways. When we use the Internet, we can give and get a lot of information very (4).................... 1. D. on A. all B. throughout C. out 2. A. right B. interested C. expensive D. popular 3. A. variety B. difference C. change. D. kind 4. A. exactly B. correctly C. secretly D. quickly VI - Give the correct form of the word in the bracket. (1.0 point) 1. She is .......................in her job, so she is very rich. 2. In a few year's time, our houses will b e .......................by solar energy. 3........................ are now very interested in tidal power. 4. She...................... disagreed with what we said.
(SUCCESS) (HOT) (SCIENCE) (VIOLENT)
VII - Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one. (2.0 points) 1. Let's invite the Browns to the party on Sunday. —> He suggested...................................................................... 2. How long have you worked as a designer? —> When did you...................................................................... 3. I don't know enough about the machine, so I can't mend it myself. —> I f ...................................................................... 4. His brother invited all the students in my class to his party. —> All the students in my class...................................................................... VIII - Use the following suggested words and phrases to write a complete letter. (2.0 points) Dear Liz, 1. It/ be/ long time/ since/ V last/ hear/ you.
2. You/ like/ come/ stay/ me/ cottage/ countryside?
3. What about/ come/ end/ next month?
4 .1 / looking/ forward/ see/ you.
Yours, Mary
-T H E E N D -
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ THỌ
ĐẺ CHÍNH THỨC
Tffl TUYÊN SINH LỚP 10 THPT Năm học: 2016 - 2017 Môn: TffiNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (Không kểthm gian giao đề) Đe thi có: 02 trang
Chú ý: Thí sinh làm hài vào tờ giấy thi, không làm hài trực tiếp vào đề thi này.________ Câu I. Chọn một phương án A, B, c hoặc D ứng vói từ có phần gạch chân được phát âm khác vói các từ còn lại. (1,0 điếm) 1■A. cleaned B. walked c. laughed D. helped 2. A. students B. books c. maps D. names 3. A. bag B. map c. safe D. hat 4. A. chorus B. machine c. mechanic D. sd|cholarshi]* Câu II. Chọn một phưong án đúng nhất A, B, c hoặc D ứng với từ hoặc cụm từ thích họp để hoàn thành các câu sau. (3,0 điếm) 1. He will take us to the airport,___________ ? D. will A. doesn't he B. won't he c. don't I D/will he 2. Are you looking forward__________ abroad on your vacation? A. to go B. going c. to going D. you go 3. He wanted to know w hy___________away. A. she goes B. does she go c. did she go D. she went 4. She is out of work. She gets___________ every week but it isn't much. A. benefit unemployment ^ ^ m p lo y in e n t benefit c. unemployment benefit D. benefit unemployed 5. I won’t g o ___________ you explain everything to me. D. if A. unless B. although c. because 6. She learns English badly but he learns it___________ than her. A. badly B. more badly c. better D. worse 7. We should___________ all the lights when leaving our room. D. turn to A. turn off B. turn up c. turn on 8. Maria’s English is excellent. She speaks English___________ . A. perfect B. perfective c. perfectively D. perfectly 9. She is the girl whoi ________ money. A. enjoys to spendB. enjoys spending c. enjoy to spend D. enjoy spending 10. “You are a great singer, Maria!” “Thanks, Peter.__ A. That’s vcn^ni<\of you to say so B. I’m an awful singer C. Let’s have a celebration D. Well done 11. Do you know the lady_______ daughter is standing over there? C. which D. whose A. who B. whom __ up early. He is late for school very often. 12. My brother is not used to C. getting D. having got A. get B. got III. Tìm một lỗi sai trong bốn phần gạch chân A, B, c hoặc D trong các câu sau đây. s điểm) V > l7 1.*The T : boy who lives on Le Loi S tr e e t like playing the guitar. ’ A B C D 2. We suggested avoid walking in the rain. A B C D 3. I’m pleased that you are working hardly for the exam. A B C D 4. Almost of trees in this plantation had to be cut down and burned as a result o f the storm. A B C D
ĩP
Trang 1/2
Câu IV. Viết dạng đúng của động tò trong ngoặc trong các câu sau. (1,0 điểm) 1. We (know )_____________ Betty since she moved to our neighborhood. 2. The children are interested in (take ) ______________to the zoo on Sunday. 3. You (watch ) ___________ TV when your father came home last night? 4. My parents want me (pass ) ___________ the entrance exam to High Secondary School. Câu V. Viết dạng đúng của từ trong ngoăc để hoàn chỉnh các câu sau. (1,0 điểm) 1. President Barrack Obama w as__________ greeted by Vietnamese people, (warm) 2. One o f the developments o f television is ____________ TV. (act) 3. G ood__________ is essential in a large organization. ( c o m m u n ic s ^ ^ ^ 4. This village w as__________ three years ago. (electrii^k X Câu VI. Chọn một phương án đúng nhất A, B, c hoặc D để điền vào chỗ trống trong đoaỉrVăn sau. (1,0 điểm) There are many ways of spending free time in Australia. Some people are fonc^pf riding in Snowy Mountain or riding a surfboard in Queensland. (1)__________ love Vhtching kangaroos and koalas in wild forests. My sister says she only enjoys watching Sydney (2)___________ the skywalk. But I myself like going to the Sydney Opera House (3)_ •eat opera singers o f the world can be heard. If you are bored with listening to the opera singi: the® will always be at least two or three other shows to (4)__________ your taste. 1. A. Many B. Others c. Anoth D. Other 2. A. near B. out c. from D. to 3. A. which B. that c. at where D. where 4. A. suit B. make c . provide D. give Câu VII. Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi bên dưói. (1,0 điểm) Scientists have known a lot about the earth. They understand how mountains are made and what a volcano is. The following example is about wlcanic eruptions. Mt. Vesuvius in Italy and Mt. St. Helens in the USA are both famous mountains. They are both volcanoes. A volcano is a mountain that is open at the top. Smoke and hotair come out of the hole. Sometimes, very hot rock also comes out of the mountain. That can make trouble for people nearby. This is what happened with Mt. Vesuvius and Mt. St. Helens. Hof rock poured out of Mt. Vesuvius and covered the town o f Pompeii in 79 AD. Evengne in the town was killed. The Mt. St. Helens volcano didn’t kill many people.
V
s
1. What is a volecano! —. VỖ /esuvius and the Mt. St. Helens both famous volcanoes in Italy? 2. Are the Mt. 3. What ha pened to the people in the town of Pompeii in 79 AD? It. St. 4. Did the Mt. ¡^HHel elens volcano kill everyone? Câu VIII. Hoàn chỉnh các câu sau sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay đổi so với câu đã in ở trước đó. (1,0 điểm) 1. He SỊ an hour watering the flowers yesterday. 2. Ann; ina types more carefully than me.
V *3.^( * .people used to write everything by hand. Everything................................................. 4. She hasn’t phoned me for three months. —> The last......................................................
Het Họ và tên thí sin h :.............................................................. số báo danh: ...........
Cán bộ coi thi không phải giải thích gì thêm. Thí sinh không được sử dụng bẩt cứ tài liệu gì, kể cả từ điển./. Trang 2/2
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ THỌ KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT NĂM HỌC 2016 - 2017 HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN TIỂNG ANH
Hướng dẫn chẩm có: 01 frang. Câu I. Chọn một phm m g án A, B, các tò còn lại. (1,0 điêm)
1. A
c hoặc D ứng với từ có phần gạch chân được p h át âm khác vói
3. c
2. D
4. B
0,25 điểm cho mỗi câu trả lời đúng Câu II. Chọn một phương án đúng A, B, thành các câu sau. (3,0 điểm)
c
hoặc D ứng với từ hoặc cụm từ thích họp
2. c
1. B 5. A 9. B
3. D 4 C S+ 6. D 7. A 8 cV J 10. A 11. D 12. C 0,25 điếm cho mỗi câu trả lời đúng Câu III. Tìm một lỗi sai trong bốn phần gạch chân A, B, c hoặc D trong các câu sau đây.(l,0 điểm) 2. B 3. D 1. c 0,25 điểm cho mỗi câu trả I Câu IV. Viết dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc trong các câi sau. (1,0 ỗtiểm) 2. being taken watching 4. to pass 1. have known 3. Were 0,25 điểm chu moixâu trá li'ri đúng Câu V. Viết dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc để hoàr
1. warmly
2. interactive 3. communication 0,25 điêm :câu trả lời đúng
Câu VI. Chọn một phương án đúng nhất sau. (1,0 điểm)
1. B
các câu sau. (1,0 điểm)
2. c g-
4. electrified
hoặc D) để điền vào chỗ trống trong đoạn văn
3. D điểm cho mỗi câu trả lời đúng
4. A
Câu VII. Đọc đoạn văn sau và tră lòi câu hỏi. (1,0 điểm)
1. It/ A volcano is a mountain that is open at the top/ has a hole at the top. 2. No, they aren’t. 3. Everyone (in thcJdov^) was killed (by the Mt. Vesuvius volcano) (in 79 AD). They/The people in the town of Pompeii were all killed (by the Mt. Vesuvius volcano) (in 79 AD). 4. No, It didn’t. 0,25 điểm cho mỗi câu trả lời đúng Câu VIII. Hoàn chỉnh các câu sau sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay đổi so với câu đã in ở trước đó. (1,0 điểm)
1. It toọk him an hour to water the flowers yesterday. 2 .1 don’t/do not type as/ so carefully as Anna (does). 3. Everything used to be written by hand. 4. The last time she phoned me was three months ago. 0,25 điểm cho mỗi câu trả lời đúng Chú ý: - Thí sinh làm bài cách khác vfâ Hướng dẫn chẩm mà đúng thì tổ chấm thống nhất cho điểm tương ứng với biểu điểm của Hướng dẫn chẩm. - Bài thi được chẩm theo thang điểm 10, lấy đến 0,25 điểm; Không quy tròn điểm. Trang 1
SỞ GD&ĐT VĨNH PHÚC
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN NĂM HỌC 2016 - 2017 ĐỀ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Dành cho tất cả các thí sinh Thời gian làm bài: 90 phút, không kể thời gian giao đề.
Họ và tên thí sinh:.......................................................................... Số báo danh:. PART A. PHONETICS I. Write the letter A, B, Cor D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in each of the following questions. Câu 1. A. kites B. laughs c. behaves D. outskirts Câu 2. A. many B. sandy c. candy D. badly Câu 3. A. though B. throw c. through D. thought II. Write the letter A, B, Cor D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose is different from the other three in each of the following questions. Câu 4. A. environment B. understanding c. population D. conserWfion Câu 5. A. tomorrow B. deliver c. difficult D. remember PART B. LEXICO - GRAMMAR I. Write the letter A, B, c or D on your answer sheet to indicate the answer to each of the following questions. Câu 1. After each period, we have a_____________________ break. A. five minutes B. five- minute c. fifth- mi D. fifth- minutes Câu 2. The man_______ to your sister is my uncle A. is talking B. was talking c. w ho^ talking D. talked Câu 3. Although he coughed badly, he_______ no effort^l^TOp smoking. A. make B. do) <cN©de D. has <^nade . a laptop computer the following day. Câu 4. She asked me if I_ A. buy B. will buy c. bought D. would buy Câu 5. If Mr. John_____ rich, he would ti ivel around the world, A. is B. will be c. was D. were Câu 6. My sister is very_______ of spiders. A. terror B. terrify C. terrified D. terrifying Câu 7. They explained____ ___him how they should operate the machine. A. to B. c. for D. about Câu 8. The government should do something to help___ A. the poors B. the poor ones c. poor D. the poor Câu 9. They have leỈÉlrnt English_______ 2005. A. to B. from c. for D.since Câu 10. The teacher told his students_____ . the mistakes again, A. not make B. not to make c. don't make D. won't make Câu 11. There’s nothing good on TV. Why don’t you turn it_ A. on B. down c. off D. up Câu 12._____ ____ the teacher reminded her not to talk so much in class, she kept on doing that. A. Although B. But c. And D. So 3. Tom: "Why don’t we go for a picnic this weekend?” Mary: "________________ " A. What do you suggest? B. Yes, please, c. How's that? D. That's a good idea. Câu 14. Tim: "Would you mind lending me your dictionary?” Paul: "________________ A. Yes, let's B. Great c. No, of course not D. Yes. Here you are Câu 15. It’s no use________a language if you don't try to use it. A. to learn B. learned c. learning D. Learn Câu 16. He asked me_______ . A. what my phone number B. what my phone number were C. what my phone number was D. what was my phone number Trang 1 /3
Câu 17. She drove so__ __that she had an accident. A. careful B. carefully c. careless D. carelessly Câu 18._______ his mental illness, the boy can’t keep pace with his classmates. A. Although B. Despite c. Because D. Because of Câu 19. Ann: "How well you are playing!" Peter:"___ A. Say it again. I like to hear your words, B. I think so. I'm proud of myself. c. Really? I've got it. D. Many thanks. That's a nice compliment. Câu 20. Vietnamese people are very_______ . A. friend B. friendliness c. friendly D. friendship II. Write the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that nt correcting. Câu 21. A cure for the common cold, causing by a virus, has not been found. A. causing B. for c. a virus D. has not Câu 22. They are planning on attending the convention next month, and so I am. A. planning on B. attending c. next D. so I ar Câu 23. Today was such beautiful day that I couldn’t bring myself to complete all my c ores. A. myself B. such beautiful c. my chores D. tfl^omplete Câu 24. My sister eniovs read about wild animals and natural mysteries. A. read B. enjoys c. natural D. Id animals Câu 25.1saw the men, the women, and the cattle which went to the field. A. which B. saw c. the women Dl^vent to III. Put the words in brackets into the correct forms. Câu 26. She looks (ATTRACT)________ in her new coat Câu 27. Thousands of people have been made (HOME Câu 28. Your shirt is rather white in (COMPARE) Câu 29. Teenagers are now (FASHION) Câu 30. Like beverage cans and bottles, this (
by the war. with his. can be recycled.
PART C. READING I. Read the following passage and write the letter A, B, Cor D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. My village was never a big village, nor was it particularly successful or well-known. It was a place where simple people worked on their land, tending citrus groves and running poultry farms. The most exotic plantation grew^jj^ados, and a palm tree nursery was something of an attraction. The village was established by a group of Greek immigrants in 1937 in what was then known as British-controlled Palestme. When we first moved here, one could still hear some Greek in the street, the local store solcNoriginal Greek delicacies and from time to time we were invited to sit on a neighbor's porch and share some ouzo at the end of a working day. In the last few years, my village has changed dramatically. Very few people work in agriculture now; they can no longer support their families growing oranges and chicken. As a result, they must find their income outside the village and rent out their land or sell their little family farms altogether. Some of the land is still used for agriculture, but no longer for the family farms. Now it is the agriculture of luxuries. What was true about the writer's village? A. It was a big village. B. It was successful. C. It was famous. D. It was established by the Greek. Câu 2. According to the passage, what did the people in the village NOT do? A. Worked on their land. B. Tended citrus groves. C. Raised animals on the farms. D. Grew avocados. Câu 3. The founders of the village were immigrants from________ . A. Palestine B. Greece C. Britain D. family farms Câu 4. What can best describe the change of the village recently? A. The change is very fast. B. The change is very slow. Trang 2 /3
c. The change is normal.
D. There is not much change. Câu 5. How do the villagers earn their living now? A. They grow oranges and chicken. B. They run family farms. c. They work in the inside villages. D. They hire out their land or sell their farms. II. Complete the passage by filling in each blank with ONE suitable word. Jeans are very popular with young people all (06]_______the world. Some people say that jeans are the "uniform" of youth, but they haven’t always been popular. The story of jeans started almost two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth made in Genoa was (07)_______"jeanos". The pants were called "jeans”. In 1850, a salesman in California began selling pants (08]_______of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. Because they were so strong, "Levi's pants" (09)_______popular with gold miners, farmers and cowboys. Six years (10]_______ , Levis began making his pants with blue cotton cloth called denim. Soon after, factory w orkeriin the us and Europe began wearing jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them. III. Read the following passage and write the letter A, B, c or Don your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Most paper is made from wood. When trees are cut down, they are transported (11)_______ land or water to paper (12)_______. Here they are cut down (13)_______ piecel^and crushed up. This wood (14]_______is then dried on a machine and made into paper. Paper-making is an important British (15)_ ____ , and paper from Britain is exported to South Africa, Australia and many other (16)_____ Some of the wood (17)_______in British paper-making industry comes from trees grown in Britain, Norway, etc. One tree is needed for (18)_______400 copies of a typical 40-page newspaper. If half the adults in Britain each buvs^ne daily paper, this (19)_______up over 40,000 trees a day. Trees are being cut down (20)_ . than they are being replaced. Câu 11. A. by Câu 12. A. bins Câu 13. A. from Câu 14. A. pieces Câu 15. A. industry Câu 16. A. things Câu 17. A. worked Câu 18. A. all Câu 19. A. makes Câu 20. A. fewer
C. on C. baskets C. inta C. flour C. company C. parts C. used C. many C. does C.faster
D. into D. dumps D- by D. pulp D. household D. regions D. ended D. every D. cuts D. more slowly
PART D. WRITING
I. Complete each one printed befo Câu 1. As I ge -* The Câu 2. He has
ing sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the ant to travel less. met a more kind-hearted person than Mary.
... __________ ______ — Câu 3. "If I were_________________ you, I would ____________________ buy a new car, Harry.”, he said. -> He advised_______________________________ I. It’s two years since I last spoke to her.
Câu 5 .1don’t have enough time to finish this work. -> I wish____________________________ II. Paragraph
writing: Write a paragraph of 100-120 words about what can be done to make your school a clean and green place. ----------- HẾT-----------Cán bộ coi thi không giải thích gì thêm Trang 3 /3
SỞ GD&ĐT VĨNH PHÚC
KỲ THI TUYỂN SINH LỚP 10 THPT CHUYÊN NĂM HỌC 2 0 1 6 -2 0 1 7 ĐỀ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
Dành cho thí sinh thi vào lớp chuyên Tiếng Anh và chuyên Tiếng Pháp Thời gian làm bài 150 phút, không kể thời gian giao đề.
Họ và tên thí sinh:.......................................................................... Số báo danh:. PART A: LISTENING (2.0 points)
Part 1. You are going to listen to a conversation between a university admissions officer and a prospective student. The recording will be played twice. Questions 1-5. Complete the form below using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDSAND/OR NUMBERS. Name: Anne (1)_ D.O.B: (2) Address: (3)___ Contact number: (4). Mobile: (5)_
.1981. _Simon Place, Brighton.
Questions 6-10. Answer each of the following questions using NO 6. What is the applicant’s current job? 7. Which university course has she already complete 8. Why might the student not get on the MBA cou 9. What is her second choice? 10. Which department will contact the appl
HAN THREE WORDS.
Part 2. Listen to the recording twice and co he following sentences using ONE word or number for each gap. Jim recommends Pagagnini to the w Jim saw a Pagagnini concert last yeai^ As well as classical music, Pagagnini pie rock, (3)_ country and Western. Jim says the Pagagnini show has no (4 The first performance of Rhythm of the Dance was in (5)______ . in Norway. More than (6)_________ million people have seen Rhythm of the Dance live on stage. Jim suggests listeners look at the section entitìed (7)_ . gallery on the Rhythm of the Dance website. The name of the first show that the Cirque Eloize performed at the Regent Theatre was (8) "_________ ". Some performers appear on (9)_________ and Rollerblades. One review of ID says it is full of originality, energy and (10)_________. PART C: LEXICO-GRAMMAR (2.5 points) /. Write the letter A, B, Cor Don your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. How long have you been looking for________ ? A. employee B. employer C. employment D. employ 2. To________ photography professionally requires a lot of skills. A. do B. make C. commit D. carry 3. We made her an excellent offer, but she________ it. A. turned B. rejected C. accepted D. denied 4. That old building is going to be________ and a new library will be built in its place. A. pushed off B. pulled down C. pushed in D. pulled through 5. You are not allowed to bring coffee into the examination room,________ ? A. do you B. aren’t you C. don't you D. are you Trang 1 /5
6. When we met that day in Paris, I didn't know that he was married________ Barbara. A. with B. to C. in D. of 7. This is________ the most difficult job I have ever tackled. A. by far B. by the way C. by all means D. by rights 8 . _______about gene-related diseases has increased is welcome news. A. Scientific knowledge B. It was scientific knowledge C. Through scientific knowledge D. That scientific knowledge 9. Members of the rock group were asked to modify their behavior________ leave the hotel. A. or else B. unless C. lest D. in case 10. He_______ to the doctor after the accident, but he continued to play instead. A. should have gone B. shouldn’t have gone C. needn’t have gone D. must have gone 11. Richard has invited Ann to his study group tonight, but she has refused. What would Ricfih ;chard be most likely to say in response to Ann's refusal? Ann: "I'm afraid I can’t go tonight. I'm just not in the mood for it!” R ichard:"______________!'' id for you A. Off you go B. You are out C. Suit yourself 12 . ________to the Senate than he began to face some of the realities of being a U.S. senator. A. No sooner had Obama been elected B. No sooner Obama had bein elected C. No sooner had Obama elected D. No sooner Obama had elected 13. Vietnam's renowned rocker Tran Lap,________ died of cancer on 17 March 2016, will be honored with a posthumous medal for his contribution to thgerountry’s music industry. A. that B. who C. whom D. whose 14 . ________his brother, Tom is active and friendly. A. Dislike B. Alike C. Unlike D. Liking 15. Through generations, despite many_, some Huong Canh families have successfully preserved their traditional job of clay pot and tile making. D. ups and downs A. out and about B. odds and ends C. ins and outs 16 . ________awful coffee she makes! D. How A. What B. What a C. How a 17.1 told them to keep quiet but they continued______ a noise. D. doing A. to make B. making C. to do 18. We are going to stay with_________ . C. a relative of ours D. one of our relatives' A. a relative of we B. relative of us 19. Regular exercise and good diet will bring_ _____fitness and health. C. to D. from A. about B. up 20. Mike: "I have bought you a toy. Happy birthday to you!" Jane: "______________" A. The same to you. B. Have a nice day! C. What a pity! D. What a lovely toy! Thanks. II. Write the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correcting. ^ ® i e issue was so controversial, but they were able to settle it in the end of the discussion. A. was B. but C. able D. in the end 2. Studies by B. F. Skinner indicate that reward positively reinforces behavior and makes that behavior likely more to recur. A. Studies by B. reinforces C. and D. likely more 3. A food additive is any chemical that food manufacturers intentional add to their products. A. additive B. that C. intentional D. products 4. Although the old fisherman was exhausted, but he managed to reel the giant marlin in by nightfall. A. fisherman B. but C. to reel D. nightfall 5. Long ago there used to be a beautifulisland on the Atlantic Ocean. A. on B. Long ago there C. used to be D. the Atlantic Ocean Trang 2 /5
III. Complete the following passage with the correct form of the word given in CAPITALS to the right of each line. T
h e k i n g in t h e c a r p a r k
We are used to reading about mysteries in detective novels, but a reallife mystery was (1]_______ solved by archaeologists when they RECENT found a skeleton under a car park in a British city. The (2)_______ of DISCOVER the remains was of particular (3)_______ as they turned out to be INTERESTING those of the famous King of England, Richard III. (4)_______ , most monarchs have a formal (5)_______ and their bones are placed in cathedrals or abbeys, but the final resting place of Richard had been (6)________. The search to find his body had been a long one. Now, (7)_______ have formally identified the bones as those of Richard, comparing his DNA with that of another (8]_______ . Tests have also proven that Richard's spinal deformity was not as bad as they had (9)_______ thought. However, his reputation of being a (10)________still stands and the mystery of what really happened ^ his two nephews remains unsolved. PART C: READING (3.0 points) I. Read the following passage and write the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. Icebergs are among nature’s most spectacular creations^nd yet most people have never seen one. A vague air of mystery envelops them. They come into being somewhere-in faraway, frigid waters, amid thunderous noise and splashing turbulence, which in most cases no one hears or sees. They exist only a short time and then slowly waste away just unnoticed. Objects of sheerest beauty, they have been callea. Appearing in an endless variety of shapes they may be dazzlingly white, or they may be glassy blue, green or purple, tinted faintly or in darker hues. They are graceful, stately, inspiring in calm, sunlit seas. But they are also called frightening and dangerous, and that they are, in the night, in the fog, and in storms. Even in clear weather one is wise to stay a safe distance away from them. Most of their bulk is hidden below the water, so their underwater parts may extend out far beyond the visible top. Also, they may roll over unexpectedly, churning the waters around them. Icebergs are parts of glaciers that break off, drift into the water, float about awhile, and finally melt. Icebergs afloat today are made of snowflakes that have fallen over long ages of time. They embody snow s^t^^^jfted down hundreds, or many thousands, or in some cases maybe a million years ago. Tn^ftiows fell in the polar region and on cold mountains, where they melted only a little or not at all, and so collected to great depths over the years and centuries. As each year's snow accumulation lay on the surface, evaporation and melting caused the snowflakes slowly to lose their feathery points and become tiny grains of ice. When new snow fell on top of the old, it too turned to icy grains. So blankets of snow and ice grains mounted layer upon layer and were of such great thickness that the weight of the upper layers compressed the lower ones. With time and pressure from above, the many small ice grains joined and changed to larger crystals, and eventually the deeper crystals merged into a solid mass of ice. 1. The word which in the first paragraph refers to_________. A. turbulence B. icebergs C. creations D. waters 2. The author states that icebergs are rarely seen because they are_________ . A. surrounded by fog B. hidden beneath the mountains C. located in remote regions of the world D. broken by waves soon after they are formed 3. The passage mentions all of the following colors for icebergs EXCEPT_________ . A. yellow B. blue C. green D. purple 4. The attitude of the author toward icebergs is one of________ . A. disappointment B. humor C. disinterest D. wonder Trang 3 /5
5. According to the passage, icebergs originate from a buildup of_________. A. turbulent water B. feathers C. underwater pressure D. snowflakes 6. The word that in the second paragraph refers to_________ . A. bad weather B. icebergs being frightening and dangerous C. clear weather D. how icebergs look in the seas 7. According to the passage, icebergs are dangerous because they_________ . A. usually melt quickly B. can turn over very suddenly C. may create immense snowdrifts D. can cause unexpected avalanches 8. In the last paragraph, the expression from above in the fourth paragraph refers to. A. sunlit seas B. polar regions C. weight of mountains D. layers of ice and snow 9. The word merged in the fourth paragraph in the last paragraph is closest in meaning A. became B. combined C. included D. consiste 10. Which of the following is the best title for the passage? A. The Melting of Icebergs B. The Nature and Origin oHceberg: C. The Size and Shape of Icebergs D. The Dangers of Icebergs II. Read the following passage and write the letter A, B,CorD on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. CHANGING COUNTRIES Seeking a new life and hoping for a significant (1)_________ in their standard of living, foreign workers began flocking into Western Europe during the 1950s. In Britain, some of the first immigrants arriving (2)_________ the West Indies and the Indian subcontinent were welcomed by brass bands, but the dream of a new life soon (3)_________ sour for many. Attracted by the promise to earn good money and learn new skills, the reality they found was often one of (4)_________ wages and, in many (5)_________ unemployment. There were times when the newcomers encountered open hostility; in 1958, riots (6)_________ out in Notting Hill, west London, when gangs of white youths began taunting immigrants. difficulties they encountered, many foreign workers did Yet despite the (7)_________ manage to (8)_________ to their new conditions, settling in their new adopted country and prospering. Their contribution had the effect not only of speeding up the (9)_________ of economic change in the post-war period, it also (10)_ Western Europe into a multiracial society. 1. A. switch 2. A. from 3. A. turned 4. A. little 5. A. occasi 6. A. broke 7. A. several 9.A.. growth grc . A. transformed
ange to B. converted B. small B. examples B. carried B. high B. adjust B. motion B. transferred
C. modification C. in C. switched C. short C. ways C. came C. numerous C. match C. pace C. modified
D. variation D. at D. moved D. low D.cases D.started D. heavy D. suit D.step D. shifted
III. Complete the following passage by filling in each blank with ONE suitable word. THE COMPUTER MOUSE When is a mouse not a mouse? When it sits on your desk and controls your on-screen cursor. The computer mouse is a pointing device (1)________ has a flat bottom, a shaped top with buttons on and - perhaps - a cable connecting the mouse to the computer. The mouse moves (2)________ the surface of the desk, and the cursor copies this movement on the screen. The first computer mouse had wheels that made contact (3)________ the working surface. The name 'mouse'
Trang 4 /5
(4)________ adopted because all earlier models had a long cord, and this, together with the shape, made it look something (5]________ the furry little animal of the same name. The person who invented the mouse, and so was responsible (6)________ changing the way computers worked, was an American (7]_ _____Douglas Engelbart. In fact, he invented __ the chin or nose, to point at the screen. many devices, including ones attached (8]__ However, his computer mouse soon proved to be much more convenient and far simpler to use. His first attempt (9]________ producing a mouse was in 1964, but it was large, heavy and difficult to move. A few years later, in 1968, his improved mouse (10]________ its first public appearance and rapidly became a huge success. PART D: WRITING (2.5 points] I. Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the si one printed before it. The word provided (if any) must not be altered in any way. 1. Celine has always been fond of classical music. (TASTE] -> Celine______________________________________________ 2. They cannot watch this film because they are not adults yet. (UNDER] -> Since______________________________________________ 3. It’s a pity you didn’t ask us to spend more time with you. -> If only_____________________________________ 4. She hasn't spoken much since the day she met the President -> Little_______________________________ 5. People think that someone started the fire deliberately. -> The fire____________________________
e
■5
11. Essay writing h e r^ ^ Vietnamese educators are divided on w lmi ttl^^th^current system of high schools for the gifted should be maintained. Whilst some argue that the system may promote unhealthy competition or unnecessary stress among students, and therefore should be abolished, many others have praised the merits of those schools and voiced strong approval of their existence. What advantages can schools /.S' fa^Pie / 0 ^ the gifted offer to their students and to the society? Write 250-300 words.
Ớ
-----------HÊT-----------Cán bộ coi thi không giải thích gì thêm.
Trang 5 /5
